BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନାବଳୀର ଉତ୍ତର

ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

Question ୧।
ଚିରାକାଠ କିଣିବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଗୋଦାମରୁ କେଉଁ କାଠ କିଣିବା ଲାଭଜନକ ହେବ ବୋଲି ଲେଖକ ନିଷ୍ପଭି ନେଲେ ?
Answer:
ଚିରାକାଠ କିଣିବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଗୋଦାମରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗଡ଼ ବା ମୁଣ୍ଡାକାଠ କିଣି ଚିରାଇବା ଲାଭଜନକ ହେବ ବୋଲି ଲେଖକ ନିଷ୍ପଭି ନେଲେ।

Question ୨।
କେଉଁ କାଠଗୋଦାମରୁ କାଠ ଅଣାଯାଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଭାରତ କାଠ ଗୋଦାମରୁ କାଠ ଅଣାଯାଇଥିଲା

Question ୩।
କିଣାଯାଇଥିବା କାଠର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
କିଣାଯାଇଥ‌ିବା କାଠର ନାମ ଧଅ କାଠ ।

Question ୪ ।
ଲେଖକ କେଉଁ ରାଜ୍ୟର ଲୋକ ବୋଲି କହିଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଲେଖକ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ରାଜ୍ୟର ଲୋକ ବା ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜନ୍ମହୋଇ ବଢ଼ିଥିବା ଲୋକ ବୋଲି କହିଛନ୍ତି ।

Question
ହଠାତ୍ କିଏ ଭୋ ଭୋ ହୋଇ ଭୁକି ଉଠିଲା ?
Answer:
ହଠାତ୍ ଲେଖକଙ୍କର ପୋଷା କୁକୁର ମୋତି ଭୋ ଭୋ ହୋଇ ଭୁକି ଉଠିଲା ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୬।
ଗୁଦାମରେ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ କାଠ କାଟିବାକୁ କେତେ ଦିଆଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଗୁଦାମରେ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ କାଠ କାଟିବାକୁ ଦୁଇ ଟଙ୍କା ଦିଆଯାଏ ।

Question ୭ ।
କାଠୁରିଆର ଘର କେଉଁଠି ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆର ଘର ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜର ବେତନଟା ପାଖରୋ

Question ୮।
କାଠୁରିଆର ଛୁଆମାନେ ପାଠ ନ ପଢ଼ିଲେ କ’ଣ କରିବେ ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆର ଛୁଆମାନେ ପାଠ ନ ପଢ଼ିଲେ ସଡ଼କ କାମ ଓ ଜମିଚାଷ ସହିତ, ବାବୁମାନଙ୍କର ଘରକାମ କରିବେ ।

Question ୯୮
କାଠୁରିଆକୁ ହିତକଥା ନ ପଚାରି ବା ନ ଶୁଣାଇ ଲେଖକ କ’ଣ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲେ ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆକୁ ହିତକଥା ନ ପଚାରି ବା ନ ଶୁଣାଇ ଲେଖକ କାଠକଟା ଚାତୁରୀ ସହିତ, ନିଜ ସୁବିଧା ଅନୁଯାୟୀ, କିପରି କାଠ ଚିରାହେବ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲେ ।

Question ୧୦ ।
କିଏ ଡେଇଁ ପଡ଼ି ଆଧୁନିକ କ୍ଳିଷ୍ଟ ଅବୋଧ କବିତାକୁ ତନ୍ତ୍ର ତନ୍ତ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଳେଷର କରି ଅନ୍ତର୍ନିହିତ ସାରତତ୍ତ୍ଵ ପ୍ରକଟ କରନ୍ତି ?
ଭ-
ପୋଖତ ସମାଲୋଚକ ଡେଇଁ ପଡ଼ି ଆଧୁନିକ କ୍ଳିଷ୍ଟ ଅବୋଧ କବିତାକୁ ତନ୍ନତନ୍ନ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ କରି ଅନ୍ତର୍ନିହିତ

Question ୧୧ ।
କାଠୁରିଆ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆଗ୍ରହରେ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥିକ ଶିରାଳ କାଠକୁ ଛିନ୍ନଭିନ୍ନ କରି କ’ଣ ବାହାର କରିଦେଉଥିଲା ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆଗ୍ରହରେ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥିକ ଶିରାଳ କାଠକୁ ଛିନ୍ନଭିନ୍ନ କରି ମଞ୍ଜ ବାହାର କରି ଦେଉଥିଲା ।

Question ୧୨ ।
କେତେ ଘଣ୍ଟା ଭିତରେ କାଠୁରିଆ ଅଧାଅଧ୍ କାଠ ଚିରିଦେଲା ?
Answer:
ଘଣ୍ଟାଏ ଦେଢ଼ ଘଣ୍ଟା ଭିତରେ କାଠୁରିଆ ଅଧାଅଧ୍ କାଠ ଚିରିଦେଲା ।

Question ୧୩।
କାଠୁରିଆଠୁଁ କ’ଣ ଆଦାୟ କରିବାକୁ ଲେଖକ ଜଗି ବସିଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆଠୁଁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ କାମ ଆଦାୟ କରିବାକୁ ଲେଖକ ଜଗି ବସିଥିଲେ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୧୪ ।
ଚିରାକାଠଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଥ‌ିବା ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ ଲେଖକ କାଠୁରିଆକୁ କ’ଣ କହିଲେ ?
Answer:
ଚିରାକାଠଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଥିବା ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ ଲେଖକ କାଠୁରିଆକୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଛୋଟ ଚୁଲିରେ ଜଳିବା ମୁତାବକ ଆହୁରି

Question ୧୫ ।
ପ୍ରତିଥର ଚୋଟ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ କାଠୁରିଆ ପାଟିରୁ କେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ବାହାରୁଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରତିଥର ଚୋଟ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ କାଠୁରିଆ ପାଟିରୁ ପରିଶ୍ରମଜନିତ ଏଁ ଏଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ବାହାରୁଥାଏ ।

Question ୧୬ ।
କୁରାଢ଼ିଟି କେତେ କିଲ ଲୁହାରେ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
କୁରାଢିଟି ଦୁଇ କିଲ ଲହାରେ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଥିଲା।

Question ୧୭ ।
ଲେଖକ ଦେଖି କାଠୁରିଆର କ’ଣ ଏକାଠି ଲାଗିଯାଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଲେଖକ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ କାଠୁରିଆର ପେଟ ପିଠି ଏକାଠି ଲାଗିଯାଇଛି ।

Question ୧୮।
କାଠୁରିଆ ସକାଳୁ କ’ଣ ପିଇ ଆସିଥିଲା ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆଟି ଅଭାବୀ ଲୋକ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ, ସେ ସକାଳୁ କେବଳ ତୋରାଣି କଂସାଏ ପିଇ ଆସିଥିଲା ।

Question ୧୯ ।
ରୋଷେଇ ଘରଆଡ଼ୁ ମହକ ଶୁଙ୍ଘି ଲେଖକ୍ କ’ଣ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଘର ଭିତରକୁ ଗଲେ ?
Answer:
ରୋଷେଇ ଘରଆଡ଼ୁ ମହକ ଶୁଙ୍ଘି ଲେଖକ ମୁଢ଼ି ସହିତ କଷାମାଂସ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଘର ଭିତରକୁ ଗଲେ ।

Question ୨୦ ।
ଚାକର ପିଲାଟିର ନାଁ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଚାକର ପିଲାଟିର ନାଁ ଚୈତନ ।

Question ୨୧ ।
କାହା ପାଦରେ ଚେନାଚୋପରା କାଠସବୁ ଫୁଟିଯିବ ବୋଲି ଲେଖକ କହିଲେ ?
Answer:
ତାଙ୍କ ପୋଷା କୁକୁର ମୋତି ପାଦରେ ବ୍ଲେଚୋପରା କାଠସବୁ ଫୁଟିଯିବ ବୋଲି ଲେଖକ କହିଲେ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୨୨ ।
କାଠୁରିଆ ହାତକୁ ଦିଖଣ୍ଡ ଦି’ଟଙ୍କିଆ ନୋଟ ବଢ଼ାଇଦେଇ ଲେଖକ ତାକୁ କେତେ ପଇସା ମାଗିଲେ ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆ ହାତକୁ ଦିଖଣ୍ଡ ଦି’ଟଙ୍କିଆ ନୋଟ ବଢ଼ାଇ ଦେଇ ଲୋକ ତା’କୁ ଚାରିଅଣା ପଇସା ମାଗିଲେ ।

Question ୨୩ ।
ଲେଖକଙ୍କ କେଉଁ ପଦିଏ କଥାରେ କାଠୁରିଆ ଲାଲ ଲାଲ ଆଖୁ ଚାହିଁଲା ?
Answer:
ଲେଖକ କାଠୁରିଆକୁ ତା’ ଉପରେ ତାଙ୍କର ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି କହିବାରୁ, କାଠୁରିଆ ଲାଲ୍ ଲାଲ୍ ଆଖ୍ୟାରେ ଚାହିଁଲା ।

Question ୨୪ ।
କାଠୁରିଆ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି କି ଭାବ ରଖୁଥ‌ିବା କଥା ଲେଖକ ଭାବିଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
କାଠୁରିଆ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ଆଉ ଗୋଟାଏ ଧଅ କାଠଗଡ଼ ରହିଗଲାର ଭାବ ରଖୁଥିବା କଥା ଲେଖକ ଭାବିଥିଲେ ।

Question ୨୫ ।
କାହା ହାତରେ ନୋଟ୍ ଦିଟା କାଠୁରିଆ ପାଖକୁ ଲେଖକ ପଠାଇ ଦେଇ କବାଟ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲେ ?
Answer:
ଚୈତନ ହାତରେ ନୋଟ୍ ଦିଟା କାଠୁରିଆ ପାଖକୁ ଲେଖକ ପଠାଇ ଦେଇ କବାଟ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲେ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷା ଉପଯୋଗୀ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

(A) ।ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

Question ୧।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କେଉଁଠାରୁ ଓ କେତେ ପରିମାଣର ଗଣ୍ଡିକାଠ ଆଣିଲେ ?
Answer:
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଭାରତ କାଠ ଗୋଦାମରୁ ଦୁଇ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ ଗଣ୍ଡି କାଠ ଆଣିଲେ ।

Question ୨ ।
ଗୋଦାମବାଲା କାଠ ବିଷୟରେ ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କୁ କ’ଣ ସୂଚନା ଦେଲା ?
Answer:
ଗୋଦାମବାଲା କାଠ ବିଷୟରେ କହିଲା ଯେ, ଏହି ଧଅ ମୁଣ୍ଡା କାଠ ଧୂଆଁ ନହୋଇ ବାରୁଦ ପରି ଜଳିବ ।

Question ୩ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଧଅ କାଠକୁ କାହିଁକି ପସନ୍ଦ କଲେ ?
Answer:
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ରାଜ୍ୟର ଲୋକ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଧଅ କାଠ ଘରଦ୍ଵାର କଳା ନ ହୋଇ ଫୁର୍ ଫୁର୍ ହୋଇ ଜଳିବ ବୋଲି ପସନ୍ଦ କଲେ ।

Question ୪।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କାହିଁକି ଚିରା କାଠ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଗଡ଼ କାଠ କଣିବା ପାଇଁ ନିଷ୍ପତି ନେଲେ ?
Answer:
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଚିରା କାଠ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଗୋଦାମରୁ ଗଡ଼କାଠ ଆଣି ଚିରିଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଲାଭଜନକ ହେବ ବୋଲି ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନେଲେ ।

Question ୫।
ମୋତି ଭୋ ଭୋ ଭୁକି ଉଠିଲା କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ଦରବୁଢ଼ା କାଠ ଚିରାଳି କାନ୍ଧରେ କୁରାଢ଼ି ପକାଇ ସଡ଼କରୁ ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଢଳି ଢଳି ଆସୁଥ‌ିବାର ଦେଖୁ ମୋତି ଭୋ ଭୋ ହୋଇ ଭୁକି ଉଠିଲା ।

Question ୬ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ସାନ୍ତାଳଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ ମନେ ମନେ କ’ଣ ଭାବିଲେ ?
Answer:
ବର୍ଷ ବର୍ଷ ଧରି ସାନ୍ତାଳମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ କୋଟି କୋଟି ଟଙ୍କା ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏମାନେ ଭାଷାକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ଶିଖ୍ ପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ମନେ ମନେ ଭାବିଲେ ।

Question ୭ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଖତେଇ ହୋଇ କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର ଗଳା
Answer:
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଖତେଇ ହୋଇ କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର ଗଳା କହିଲେ, ‘‘ହଁ ହଁ, କାଟିବି, କାଟିବି; କେତେ ନେବୁ ?””

Question ୮ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳି କେତେ ଟଙ୍କାରେ କାଠ କାଟିବା ପାଇଁ ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କୁ କହିଛି ?
Answer:
କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ଗୋଦାମ ଦରରେ ଦୁଇ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ୍ କାଠକୁ ଚିରିଦେଲେ ଚାରି ଟଙ୍କା ନେବ ବୋଲି ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କୁ କହିଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୯ ।
ଲେଖକଙ୍କର କାଠ ଚିରାଳିଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ସନ୍ଦେହ ହେଲା କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର ବୟସ୍କ ଓ ଚେହେରାରୁ ତା’ର ପାରିବା ପଣିଆ ଉପରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କର ସନ୍ଦେହ ହେଲା ।

Question ୧୦ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ଏହି କାଠ ଚିରିବାରେ ତା’ର କ୍ଷତି ହେବ ବୋଲି କାହିଁକି କହିଛି ?
Answer:
କାଠଟି ମଞ୍ଜ, ଗଣ୍ଠିଆ, ଚେମେଡ଼ା, ଟାଣ ଧଅ କାଠ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ତାକୁ କାଟିବାକୁ ଅଧିକ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ଓ ଅଧ୍ଵ ସମୟ ଲାଗିବ, ତେଣୁ ସେ ତା’ର କ୍ଷତି ବୋଲି କହିଲା ।

Question ୧୧ ।
ବାବୁ କାଠଟିକୁ ଛୋଟ ଓ ପତଳା କରି କାଟିବାକୁ କହିଲେ କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
ବାବୁଙ୍କର ଚୁଲି ସାନ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ବଡ଼ କାଠ ଜଳାଇବା କଷ୍ଟ ହେବ, ତେଣୁ ସେ କାଠଟିକୁ ଛୋଟ ଓ ପତଳା କରି କାଟିବାକୁ କହିଥିଲେ ।

Question ୧୨ ।
‘କାଠ’ ଗଳ୍ପରେ କେଉଁ କଥା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
‘କାଠ’ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଆଧୁନିକ ମଣିଷର ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥ ଓ ଶଠତାର ଚିତ୍ର ଏବଂ ସମାଜର ନିମ୍ନବର୍ଗର ଲୋକଙ୍କର ସରଳତା ଓ ସ୍ଵାଭିମାନର ସ୍ଵରୂପ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

Question ୧୩ ।
କାଠ କାଟିବା ଅବସରରେ କାଠୁରିଆ ବାବୁଙ୍କୁ କ’ଣ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି ?
Answer:
କାଠ କାଟିବା ଅବସରରେ କାଠୁରିଆ ତା’ର ଜୀବନରେ ଘଟିଯାଇଥିବା ଘଟଣାକୁ ସରଳ ଭାଷାରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି ।

Question ୧୪ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳିଟି କିପରି ନିଜକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରି କୁରାଢ଼ି ଧଇଲା ?
Answer:
କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ଦୁଇ ପରସ୍ତ କରି ଘୋଡ଼ିହୋଇଥବା ଅଳ୍ପ ଓସାର ନାଲିଧଡ଼ିର ଶାଢ଼ିଟାକୁ ଦେହରୁ କାଢ଼ି ପାଖ ବେଗୁନିଆଁ ଗଛ ଡାଳରେ ଲଟକାଇ କାନିର ଗଣ୍ଠି ଫିଟାଇ ଦୋକତା ଚୂନ ବାହାର କରି କଳରେ ଜାକି କୁରାଢ଼ି ଧରିଲା ।

Question ୧୫ ।
ଏକାଦିନରେ କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର କିଏ ସବୁ ମରିଗଲେ ?
Answer:
କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର ଡଗର ଡାଗର ପୁଅ ଦୁଇଟା, ଏହାର ଆଗ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଟା ଏକାଦିନରେ ମରିଗଲେ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୧୬ ।
କାଠି ଚିରାଳିର ରୁଦ୍ର ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ଦେଖୁ ସେଇ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କ’ଣ ଉପଲବ୍ଧି କଲେ ?
Answer:
କାଠି ଚିରାଳିର ରୁଦ୍ର ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ଦେଖୁ ସେଇ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ତାକୁ ସଜାଗ ସଚେତନ କରି ଉସୁକାଇ ବଡ଼ ଭୁଲ କରିଛନ୍ତି ବୋଲି ଉପଲବ୍ଧି କଲେ ।

Question ୧୭ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳିଟି ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ଉତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ଓ ଉତ୍‌କ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ହେବ କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
ଯେତେବେଳେ କାଠ ଚିରାଳିଟି ବୁଝିପାରିବ ଯେ ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ଆଚରଣ ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ ଆତ୍ମୀୟତା ବା ଆନ୍ତରିକତା ନ ଥାଇ କେବଳ ନିଜର ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥ ଓ ପ୍ରତାରଣା ଥିଲା, ସେ ସେତେବେଳେ ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ଉତ୍ୟକ୍ତ ଓ ଉତ୍‌କ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ହେବ ।

Question ୧୮ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକକୁ କ’ଣ ଭାବି କାଠୁରିଆ ଚିରି ଦୁଇ ଫାଳ କରିଦେବ ?
Answer:
ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କୁ ଆଉ ଗୋଟେ ଧଅ କାଠଗଡ଼ ଭାବି ଦୁଇ କେଜିଆ କୁରାଢ଼ିରେ ହୁଏତ ତାଙ୍କ ଛାତି ମୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ଚିରି ଦୁଇ ଫାଳ

(B) ।ଗୋଟିଏ ପଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

Question ୧।
‘କାଠ’ ଗଳ୍ପର ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଫେସର ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ

Question ୨ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ କେଉଁ ଗଳ୍ପ ସଂକଳନ ପାଇଁ ଓଡ଼ିଶା ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଏକାଡେମୀ ପୁରସ୍କାର ପାଇଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
ଆଣ୍ଟିରୋମାଣ୍ଟିକ ଗଳ୍ପ ସଂକଳନ ପାଇଁ

Question ୩ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ପାଟିରେ କ’ଣ ପକାଇ କାଠ କାଟିବାକୁ ବାହାରିଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଦୋକତା ଚୂନ

Question ୪।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କାଠ ଗୋଦାମରୁ କେଉଁ ଗାଡ଼ିରେ କାଠ ଆଣିଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
ଠେଲା ଗାଡ଼ିରେ

Question ୫ ।
କେତେ ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅଧାଅଧ୍ କାଠ ଚିରିଦେଲା ?
Answer:
ଘଣ୍ଟାଏରୁ ଦେଢ଼ଘଣ୍ଟା ଭିତରେ

Question ୬ ।
କେଉଁଥରେ କାଠୁରିଆ କୁରାଢ଼ିର ମୁନକୁ ପଜାଉଥୁଲା
Answer:
ଗୋଟେ ଜିମା ପଥରରେ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୭ ।
ଲେଖକ କାଠୁରିଆକୁ କ’ଣ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ?
Answer:
ଦୁଇ ଦିନର ବାସି ରୁଟି

Question ୮ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳିକୁ କେଉଁ ଲୋଟାରେ ଚୈତନ ପାଣି ପିଇବାକୁ ଦେଇଥୁଲା ?
Answer:
ଆଲୁମିନିୟମ ପାଇଖାନା ଲୋଟାରେ

Question ୯ ।
ଟୁକୁରା କାଠର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ପ୍ରାୟ କେତେ ହେବ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରାୟ ଆଠ ଅଣା

Question ୧୦।
ଲୋଟାକୁ କାଠୁରିଆ କେଉଁଥରେ ମାଜି ଚିକ୍ ଚିକ୍ କରିଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ପାଉଁଶରେ

Question ୧୧ ।
କାହିଁକି ବଜାରରେ ଟଙ୍କା ଭଙ୍ଗାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି କାଠୁରିଆ କହିଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ରବିବାର ବଜାର ବନ୍ଦ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ

Question ୧୨ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କାହାର ରୁଦ୍ର ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ଦେଖୁଲେ ?
Answer:
ପଖାଳ ମୁଠାଏ

Question ୧୩ ।
କାଠଗଡ଼ଟି ଗୋଦାମରେ କେତେ ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ପଡ଼ି ରହିଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଦୁଇବର୍ଷ

Question ୧୪ ।
ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ କୁକୁରର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ମୋତି

Question ୧୫ ।
ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଆଉ କେତେ ଅଣା କାଠ ଚିରାଳିକୁ ଦେବା କଥା କହିଲା ?
Answer:
ଚାରିଅଣା

Question ୧୬ ।
ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପୁଅ କେଉଁଠି ଠିଆ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଦରଜା ପାଖରେ

Question ୧୭ ।
କାଠଗଡ଼ରେ କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର ପ୍ରଥମ ଚୋଟଟି ପ୍ରାୟ କେତେ ଇଞ୍ଚ ଭିତରକୁ ପଶିଗଲା ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରାୟ ଦୁଇ ଇଞ୍ଚ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୧୮ ।
କାମ ସରିଲାପରେ ବାବୁ କେତେ ଟଙ୍କିଆ ନୋଟି ଆଣି ଦେଲେ ?
Answer:
ଦୁଇଖଣ୍ଡ ଦୁଇ ଟଙ୍କିଆ ନୋଟ୍

Question ୧୯ ।
କେଉଁ କାଠକୁ ସଜାଡ଼ି ରଖୁବାକୁ ବାବୁ ବରାତ କରିଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ବୃକ୍ଷ ରାକ୍ଷସ

Question ୨୦ ।
ପୂର୍ବଥର କଟାଇଥିବା କାଠ ମାସକ ଜାଗାରେ କେତେ ଦିନ ଯାଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଅଠେଇଶ ଦିନ

Question ୨୧ ।
ସାନ୍ତାଳ ଜାତ ଜମି ଜାଗା ଖୋଳିତାଡ଼ି ଯାହା କରିଥିଲେ କେଉଁମାନେ ତାକୁ ନେଇଗଲେ ବୋଲି କାଠି ଚିରାଳିଟି କହିଲା ?
Answer:
ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ଭଳି ହାଟୁଆମାନେ

Question ୨୨ ।
କାଠ ଚିରାଳିର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଆଉ ଛୁଆ ଦୁଇଟା କ’ଣ ଖାଇ କାମକୁ ଗଲେ ?
Answer:
ପଖାଳ ମୁଠାଏ

Question ୨୩ ।
କାଠ କଟାଳି କେତେ ଟଙ୍କାରେ କାଠ କାଟିବା ପାଇଁ ରାଜି ହେଲା ?
Answer:
ତିନିଟଙ୍କା ବାରଅଣାରେ

Question ୨୪ ।
‘କାଠ କାଟିବୁ ବାବୁ’ ଏ କଥା କିଏ ପଚାରିଲା ?
Answer:
କାଠ ଚିରାଳି

(C) ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

Question ୧।
ଦୁଇ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ କାଠ ଘର ସାମନା ପଡ଼ିଆରେ …………………. ରେ ଆଣି ପକାଗଲା ।
Answer:
ଠେଲାଗାଡ଼ିରେ

Question ୨।
……………………… କାଠ ଗୋଦାମରୁ କାଠ କିଣାଗଲା ।
Answer:
ଭାରତ

Question ୩।
କାଠ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ ପ୍ରତି ଦର …………………… ଥିଲା ।
Answer:
ବାର ଟଙ୍କା

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question ୪ ।
ଲେଖକ କାଠ ଗୋଦାମରୁ …………………. କାଠ କିଶିଥ୍ ଲୋ
Answer:
ଧଅ

Question ୫।
………………………… ମାନଙ୍କର ହାଣ୍ଡିଆ ଖୁଆ, କୁକୁଡ଼ା ଲଢ଼େଇ, ଧୂମୂଷା ମାଦଳ ନ ସରିବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ କାଠ ଚିରା ହୋଇପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ସାନ୍ତାଳ

Question ୬ ।
କାଠ ଠାରୁ ………………………… ଚୁଲା ଶସ୍ତା ହେବ ବୋଲି ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କହିଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ୟାସ

Question ୭।
ଗୋଦାମବାଲା ………………… ଆଡ଼େ ଦୋକାନ ଚାବି ଦେଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା ।
Answer:
ପାହାଡ଼

Question ୮ ।
କାଠ କଟାଳିର ଘର …………………….. ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।
Answer:
ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ

Question ୯ ।
କାଠ କଟାଳିର କୁରାଢ଼ି ……………………… କିଲୋ ଲୁହାରେ ତିଆରି କରିଛି ।
Answer:
ଦୁଇ

Question ୧୦ ।
କାଠୁରିଆ ……………………….. ଗଛରୁ ଓଢ଼ଣି ଆଣି କୁରାଢ଼ି କାନ୍ଧରେ ପକାଇ ପାଉଣା ପାଇଁ ଛିଡ଼ା ହେଲା ।
Answer:
ବେଗୁନିଆ ।

(D) ଠିକ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (✓) ଓ ଭୁଲ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (✗) ଲେଖ ।

୧ । କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ଶେଷରେ ଚାରି ଅଣା ନେବାକୁ ରାଜି ହେଲା ।
୨ । ମୋତି ଭୋ ଭୋ ଭୁକି ଉଠିଲା ।
୩ । ଶାଳ ଗଛରୁ ଓଢ଼ଣି ଆଣି କୁରାଢ଼ି କାନ୍ଧରେ ପକାଇ ଛିଡ଼ା ହେଲା ପାଉଣାର ଆଶାରେ ।
୪। ମର ଡଗର ଡାଗର ପୁଅ ଦୁଇଟା ଆର ଆଗ ତିର୍ଲାଟା ଏକାଦିନରେ ମରିଗଲେ ।
୫। କାଠ ଚିରାଳିକୁ ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ମୁଢ଼ି, କଷା ମାଉଁସ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।
୬ । ଢିଲା ଆଉ ଛୁଆ ଦୁଇଟା ପଖାଳ ମୁଠାଏ ଖାଇ କରି ସଡ଼ପ କାମକୁ ଗଲେ ।
୭ । ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କାଠ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ ବାର ଟଙ୍କା ଦାମ୍‌ରେ କିଣିଲେ ।
୮ । ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ବର୍ଷାଦିନ ସକାଳୁଆକୁ ଉପଭୋଗ କରୁଥିଲେ ।
୯ । ଆଦିବାସୀ କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ସରଳ ମଣିଷଟିଏ ।
୧୦ । ବିଶ୍ଵାସୀ ମଣିଷକୁ ଅବିଶ୍ୱାସୀ କହିଲେ, ତାର ଦେହ ଚହଲିଯାଏ ।
Answer:
୧ । କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ଶେଷରେ ଚାରି ଅଣା ନେବାକୁ ରାଜି ହେଲା । (✗)
୨ । ମୋତି ଭୋ ଭୋ ଭୁକି ଉଠିଲା ।(✓)
୩ । ଶାଳ ଗଛରୁ ଓଢ଼ଣି ଆଣି କୁରାଢ଼ି କାନ୍ଧରେ ପକାଇ ଛିଡ଼ା ହେଲା ପାଉଣାର ଆଶାରେ । (✗)
୪। ମର ଡଗର ଡାଗର ପୁଅ ଦୁଇଟା ଆର ଆଗ ତିର୍ଲାଟା ଏକାଦିନରେ ମରିଗଲେ । (✓)
୫। କାଠ ଚିରାଳିକୁ ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ମୁଢ଼ି, କଷା ମାଉଁସ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦେଲେ । (✗)
୬ । ଢିଲା ଆଉ ଛୁଆ ଦୁଇଟା ପଖାଳ ମୁଠାଏ ଖାଇ କରି ସଡ଼ପ କାମକୁ ଗଲେ । (✓)
୭ । ଗାଳ୍ପିକ କାଠ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ ବାର ଟଙ୍କା ଦାମ୍‌ରେ କିଣିଲେ । (✓)
୮ । ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ବର୍ଷାଦିନ ସକାଳୁଆକୁ ଉପଭୋଗ କରୁଥିଲେ । (✗)
୯ । ଆଦିବାସୀ କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ସରଳ ମଣିଷଟିଏ । (✓)
୧୦ । ବିଶ୍ଵାସୀ ମଣିଷକୁ ଅବିଶ୍ୱାସୀ କହିଲେ, ତାର ଦେହ ଚହଲିଯାଏ । (✗)

(E) ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ମିଳନ କର ।

Question 1
‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ଯୋଡ଼ି ଲେଖ ।

‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଧୁମୁଷା ଶାତ
କଣିକଶି କାଠ
ଧଅ କିତାବ
ହିସାବ ମାଦଳ
ଭଗର ଭାଗର ପୁଅ

Answer:

‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଧୁମୁଷା ମାଦଳ
କଣିକଶି ଶାତ
ଧଅ କାଠ
ହିସାବ କିତାବ
ଭଗର ଭାଗର ପୁଅ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

Question 2
‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ଯୋଡ଼ି ଲେଖ ।

‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଧକକାଠ କୁକୁରପାଦ
ଭାରତ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ତିଆରି
ନାଲି ଧଡି କାଠ ଖୋଦାମ
ମୋଟା ଶାଢ଼ି
ଚେନାଚେପରା ବାରୁଦ ପରି ଜଳିବା

Answer:

‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଧକକାଠ ବାରୁଦ ପରି ଜଳିବା
ଭାରତ କାଠ ଖୋଦାମ
ନାଲି ଧଡି ଶାଢ଼ି
ମୋଟା ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ତିଆରି
ଚେନାଚେପରା କୁକୁରପାଦ

ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ପରିଚୟ ।

ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଜଗତର ଜଣେ ଅନନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଭା । ସାହିତ୍ୟର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବିଭାଗରେ ନିଜର ରୁଦ୍ଧିମନ୍ତ ରଚନା ପାଇଁ ସେ ବେଶ୍ ସୁପରିଚିତ । ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ବାରିପଦା ସହରର ଅନତିଦୂରରେ ପାନ୍ଧଡ଼ା ନାମକ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ସେ ୧୯୧୩ ମସିହା ଜୁନ୍ ମାସ ୨୬ ତାରିଖରେ ଜନ୍ମଗ୍ରହଣ କରିଥିଲେ । ସେ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦିନମୟ ଜୀବନ ଜୀବିକାର ଝଡ଼ଝଞ୍ଜା ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଇଂରାଜୀ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ସ୍ନାଡକୋତ୍ତର ଡିଗ୍ରୀ ହାସଲ କରି ବାରିପଦା ରାଜାଙ୍କ ଅଧସ୍ତନ କର୍ମଚାରୀ ଭାବରେ ଚାକିରି ଜୀବନ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଥିଲେ । ୧୯୪୯ ମସିହାରେ ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଓଡ଼ିଶା ସହ ମିଶ୍ରଣ ‘ହେବାରୁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ‘ଭଞ୍ଜ ପ୍ରଦୀପ’ର ସମ୍ପାଦନା ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ମିଳିବା ସହ ଇଂରାଜୀ ସାହିତ୍ୟର ଅଧ୍ୟାପକ ଭାବରେ ସେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଯୋଗ ଦେଇଥିଲେ । ସୁନାମଧନ୍ୟ ବାଲେଶ୍ଵରର ଫକୀରମୋହନ କଲେଜରୁ ଅଧ୍ୟାପକ ଭାବେ ଅବସର ନେବା ପରେ ନିଜର ଦକ୍ଷତା ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ନିଷ୍ଠା ପାଇଁ ସୋର କଲେଜରେ ପୁନର୍ବାର ଅଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ହେବାର ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଜନ କରିପାରିଥିଲେ ।

ପ୍ରଫେସର ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ ଇଂରାଜୀ ଅଧ୍ୟାପକ ଓ ପରେ ପରେ ଅଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭାବରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଭାର ତୁଲାଇଲାବେଳେ ନିଜକୁ ଜଣେ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଶିକ୍ଷାବିତ୍, ପ୍ରଶାସକ ତଥା ଛାତ୍ରବତ୍ସଳ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଭାବେ ପ୍ରମାଣିତ କରିଥିଲେ । ସାହିତ୍ୟ ସାଧନା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସେ ନିଜକୁ ବ୍ରତୀ କରିପାରିଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ଗଳ୍ପସମ୍ଭାର ଚରିତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ନିବିଡ଼ ମାନବିକତାର ମଧୁର ସମନ୍ଵୟ ସହ ସମ୍ବେଦନଶୀଳତାର ଚିତ୍ର ବେଶ୍ ପ୍ରଭାବଶାଳୀ ଓ ଆବେଗଧର୍ମୀ ଥିଲା । ସ୍ଵକୀୟ କଥାଶୈଳୀ ଓ ମନସ୍ତାତ୍ତ୍ଵିକ ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମତା ତାଙ୍କ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ମାର୍ମିକ ଭାଷାରେ ପରିବେଷିତ ହୋଇପାରିଥିଲା ।ଶିକ୍ଷା ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷାୟତନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବାନ୍ଧି ନ ହୋଇ ପ୍ରଫେସର ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ ନିଜକୁ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ସାଧନା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ନିମଗ୍ନ ରଖ୍ ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି ଅନେକ କାଳଜୟୀ ସୃଷ୍ଟି । ସେ ଥିଲେ ଏକାଧାରାରେ ଜଣେ ଅଧ୍ୟାପକ, ଗାଳ୍ପିକ, ଲେଖକ, ସମାଲୋଚକ, ନାଟ୍ୟକାର ଓ କଥାକାର ।

ତାଙ୍କ ରଚିତ ଗଳ୍ପଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘ଗୋଟାଏ ଆଳୁ’’, ‘ଗଙ୍ଗା ଓ ଗାଙ୍ଗୀ’’, ‘ଆକାଶୀଫୁଲ’’, ‘ନୀଡ଼ାଶ୍ରୟୀ’’, ‘‘ହାଇଦ୍ରାବାଦ ‘ଅଙ୍ଗୁର’’, ‘ମାଂସାସୀମାନଙ୍କ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ’’, ‘ଅଜାଗା ଘାଆ’’, ‘ମେଜର ଅପରେସନ’’, ‘ଗରିବ ହଟାଓ’’ ଓ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଗଳ୍ପ’ ଓ ‘ପୁଅ ପାଇଁ ଝିଅ’ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସମାଜ ଉପଯୋଗୀ ସୃଷ୍ଟି । ନାଟକ ଓ ଏକାଙ୍କିକା ରଚନା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ବେଶ୍ ପାଠକୀୟ ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧାଭାଜନ ହୋଇପାରିଥିଲେ । ବ୍ୟାସକବି ଫକୀରମୋହନ ସେନାପତିଙ୍କ ସାହିତ୍ୟକୃତି ଉପରେ ତାଙ୍କର ଆଲୋଚନା ମଧ୍ୟ ଅତି ଉଚ୍ଚକୋଟୀର ହୋଇପାରିଥିଲା । କଥାକାର ତଥା ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ପ୍ରଫେସର ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ ‘ ‘ଆଣ୍ଟିରୋମାଣ୍ଟିକ୍‌’ ଗଳ୍ପ ସଂକଳନ ପାଇଁ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଏକାଡ଼େମୀ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପୁରସ୍କାର ଲାଭ କରିପାରିଥିଲେ ।

କବିତାର ପ୍ଠଷ୍ଠଭୂମି

ଆଜିର ଦୈନନ୍ଦିନ ଜୀବନରେ ଘଟୁଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରବହମାନ ଘଟଣାବଳୀ ଚକ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଓ ପରୋକ୍ଷରେ ଅବହେଳିତ, ନିସ୍ପେଷିତ, ଲୁଣ୍ଠିତ ଓ ଅତ୍ୟାଚାରିତ ସମାଜର ନିମ୍ନବର୍ଗ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିମାନଙ୍କର ସରଳତାର ସୁଯୋଗ ନେଇ କିଭଳି ଆଧୁନିକ ଉଚ୍ଚବର୍ଗ ସ୍ବାର୍ଥ ଓ ଶଠତାଦ୍ୱାରା ତାଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରତାରିତ କରେ ଏବଂ ଚାପା ଗୁଞ୍ଜରିତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ନିମ୍ନବର୍ଗର ସ୍ବାଭିମାନର ନିଚ୍ଛକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କିପରି ଅବଲୋକତ ହୁଏ, ତାହା କଥାକାର ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ପ୍ରଫେସର ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ ଅତି ଚମତ୍କାର ଭାବରେ ମାର୍ମିକ କଥ୍ତ ଭାଷାରେ ଉପସ୍ଥାପନ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ଅତି ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବରେ କଥାବସ୍ତୁ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଉଚ୍ଚବର୍ଗ ଓ ନିମ୍ନବର୍ଗର କଥୋପକଥନରୁ ସାମ୍ପ୍ରତିକ ସମାଜର ବାସ୍ତବିକ ଚରିତ୍ରର ଚିତ୍ରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଉଚ୍ଚବର୍ଗ ନିମ୍ନବର୍ଗ ପ୍ରତି ଥିବା ହୀନ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଣୋଦିତ ବ୍ୟବହାର କିଭଳି ମାଟି ମାଆର ନିପଟ ଏକ ଆଦିବାସୀ ସମାଜର ଏକ କାଠ ହଣାଳି |ଚିରାଳିର ମନୋଭାବରେ ଗଭୀର ରେଖାପାତ କଲା ଏବଂ ତା’ ଅନ୍ତରର ଅଭିବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ନିଜର ସଜୋଟପଣିଆ ଓ ସ୍ବାଭିମାନସମୃଦ୍ଧ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ପରିଚୟ ଦେଲା, ତାହା କଥାକାର ତଥା ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗାଳ୍ପିକଙ୍କ ଗଳ୍ପ ‘‘କାଠ’’ରେ ଏକ ଜ୍ଵଳନ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣ ହୋଇପାରିଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

ଗତ୍ତର ସାରକଥା:

‘କାଠ’ ଗଳ୍ପରେ କଥାକାର ବସନ୍ତ କୁମାର ଶତପଥୀ, ତଥାକଥ୍ତ ସଭ୍ୟ ଓ ନିଜକୁ ଚାଲାକ ବୋଲାଉଥ‌ିବା ମଣିଷଙ୍କର ସୁବିଧାବାଦୀ ଚିନ୍ତାଧାରାକୁ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଅପରପକ୍ଷରେ ଯେଉଁମାନେ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ବଞ୍ଚିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରନ୍ତି, ସେମାନଙ୍କ ହୃଦୟରେ ରହିଥ‌ିବା ସରଳ ଭାବକୁ, ସେ ଅତି ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଖଟି ଖାଉଥ‌ିବା, ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ଦୁଇ ପଇସା ରୋଜଗାର କରୁଥିବା ମଣିଷମାନେ, ଦିହ ମେହନତ କରି ବଞ୍ଚନ୍ତି, ହେଲେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ୱାଭିମାନକୁ ସେମାନେ କେବେହେଲେ ତଳେ ପକାଇଦେବାକୁ ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ସହଜ ସରଳଭାବରେ ପରିଶ୍ରମ
କରି ମୂଲ ମାଗନ୍ତି, ଠକି କିମ୍ବା ଧପେଇ ନେବାକୁ ଉଚିତ ମନେକରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ କେହି ମୂଲଚାଲ କରି ଠକିବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ, ସେତେବେଳେ ସେମାନେ ସବୁକିଛି ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଇ ଯିବାକୁ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ପଛାନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଗଳ୍ପଟିରେ ଗାଳ୍ପିକ ସାମ୍ପ୍ରତିକ ସଭ୍ୟ ମଣିଷମାନଙ୍କର ସଂକୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବିଚାରବୋଧକୁ ଦେଖାଇଦେବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଗଳ୍ପପୁରୁଷ ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି ଜାଳେଣି କାଠ କିଣିବାପାଇଁ । ବହୁ ହିସାବ କିତାବ ଓ ତର୍କ ବିତର୍କ ପରେ ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନେଇଛନ୍ତି, ଚିରାକାଠ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଗୋଦାମରୁ ଗଡ଼ ବା କାଠମୁଣ୍ଡା କିଣି ଆଣି ଚିରିଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଲାଭଜନକ ହେବ । ସେହି ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ

ସେ ଗୋଦାମରୁ ଦୁଇ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡିକାଠ ଆଣି ଘରପାଖ ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ପକାଇ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେହି କାଠଗଣ୍ଡି କିଣିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଗୋଦାମବାଲା କହିଛି, ସେହି କାଠଟି ଦୁଇ ବର୍ଷ ତଳର କାଠ । ଶୁଖି ଠଣ୍ ଠଣ୍ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି । ସେହି କାଠକୁ ନେଇ ଚିରାଇଦେଲେ, ଭଲ ଜାଳେଣି ହେବ । ବାରୁଦ ପରି ଜଳିବ । ଅନ୍ୟ କାଠ କମ୍ ପଇସା ହେଲେ ବି, କଞ୍ଚା ପଡ଼ିବ, ଭଲ ଜଳିବ ନାର୍ହି ବରଂ ଧୂଆଁ ହେବା

ଗଳ୍ପପୁରୁଷ ଥିଲେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଜନ୍ମିଥିବା ଓ ବଢ଼ିଥିବା ମଣିଷ । ସେ ଜାଣିଛନ୍ତି କେଉଁ କାଠ କିପରି ଜଳିବ । ଅଧିକ ପଇସା ପଛେ ପଡ଼ୁ ଯେଉଁ କାଠ ଭଲ ଜଳିବ, ଧୂଆଁ ହେବ ନାହିଁ, ଘର ଅଳନ୍ଧୁ ହେବ ନାହିଁ, ସେହିଭଳି ଶୁଖୁଲା ଗଣ୍ଡିକାଠକୁ ସେ ବାଛିଛନ୍ତି । କାଠ ସପ୍ତାହ ହେଲା ଆସିଲେ ବି ଚିରିଲାବାଲାଙ୍କର ଦେଖା ନଥିଲା । କାରଣ ଯେଉଁ ଆଦିବାସୀ ସାନ୍ତାଳମାନେ କାଠ ଚିରନ୍ତି, ସେମାନେ ହାଣ୍ଡିଆଖିଆ, କୁକୁଡ଼ା ଲଢ଼େଇ, ଧୂମୂଷା ମାଦଳ ପର୍ବ ନସରିବା ଯାଏ କାମ କରିବାକୁ ଆସନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ସପ୍ତାହେ କାଳ କାଠ ଚିରାଳି ଲୋକଟିଏ ମିଳିବା କଷ୍ଟକର ହୋଇଛି । ଘରେ ଜାଳେଣି କାଠ ମଧ୍ଯ ସରିଯାଇଥାଏ । କାଠ ଚିରାହେଲେ ଚୁଲି ଜଳିବ ।

ସେଦିନ ଥାଏ ରବିବାର । ବାବୁ ଶୀତଦିନିଆ ସକାଳକୁ ବେଶ୍ ଉପଭୋଗ କରୁଥା’ନ୍ତି । ବାରଣ୍ଡାରେ ଆରାମ ଚେୟାର ପକାଇ, ଖରାଆଡ଼କୁ ପିଠିକରି ଖବରକାଗଜ ପଢୁଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଖବରକାଗଜରୁ ଆଦିବାସୀଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଗତ ତିରିଶ ବର୍ଷ ଭିତରେ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ଉନ୍ନତିମୂଳକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଛି, ତାହାର ବିବରଣୀ ଉପରେ ଆଖବୁଲେଇ ନେଉଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସେହି ସମୟରେ ମୋତି ଭୁକିବାରୁ, ସେ ଚମକି ପଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି । ଦେଖୁଛନ୍ତି, ବୁଢ଼ା କାଠଚିରାଳିଟିଏ ତାଙ୍କରି ଆଡ଼କୁ ଆସୁଛି । ସିଧା ଆସି ପଚାରିଛି, କାଠ ଚିରିବା ପାଇଁ । ତାହାର କଥା କହିବାର ସହଜ ସରଳ ଶୈଳୀ ବାବୁଙ୍କୁ ପସନ୍ଦ ଆସିନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ସେ ଖତେଇ ହେବା ଭଳି କହିଛନ୍ତି, କାଠ କାଟିଲେ କେତେ ପଇସା ନେବୁ ।

ଆଦିବାସୀ କାଠଚିରାଳି ସରଳ ମଣିଷଟିଏ । ସେ ବୁଝିପାରେନି ସଭ୍ୟ ମଣିଷର ବ୍ୟଙ୍ଗବିସ୍ତୂପକୁ । ବରଂ ସହଜ ସରଳଭାବେ ଦୁଇ କୁଇଣ୍ଟାଲ୍ କାଠ ଚିରିଦେଲେ, ଚାରି ଟଙ୍କା ନେବ ବୋଲି କହିଛି । ସେହି କାଠ ବଜାରରେ ଚିରିଲେ ଯେଉଁ ଚାରିଟଙ୍କା ପାଇଥା’ନ୍ତା, ସେହି ଚାରି ଟଙ୍କା ନେବାକୁ କହିଛି । ବାବୁ କିନ୍ତୁ କାଠଚିରାଳିର ପରିଶ୍ରମର ମୂଲଚାଲ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ହିସାବ କିତାବ କରି, ତିନି ଟଙ୍କା ଆଠଅଣ ନେବାକୁ କହିଛନ୍ତି । କାଠଚିରାଳିଟି ସରଳ ଭାବରେ ନିଜର ପରିସ୍ଥିତି କଥା ସୂଚିତ କରିଛି । ବାବୁଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଇବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିଛି । କହିଛି, ଗୋଦାବବାଲା ନ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ସେ ଏଠାକୁ ଆସିଛି ନୋହିଲେ ସେ ଆସିନଥା’ନ୍ତା ।

ଏହି ସମୟରେ ବାବୁଙ୍କ କଲେଜ ପଢୁଆ ପୁଅ କହିଛି, ଆଉ ଚାରି ଅଣା ଅଧିକ ନେଇ କାଠ ଚିରିଦେବାକୁ । ଏଥରେ ବାବୁ ବିରକ୍ତି ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛନ୍ତି ପୁଅ ଉପରେ । ତଥାପି ସେତିକିରେ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ତିନିଟଙ୍କା ବାରଅଣାରେ କାଠ ଚିରିଦେବାକୁ କହିଛନ୍ତିା ମୂଲଚାଲପରେ କାଠୁରିଆଟି କାଠ କାଟିଛି । ବୟସ ଓ ପାରିବା ପଣିଆରେ ସନ୍ଦେହ ହେଲେ ବି ସେ ତା’ର ଅଭ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଶୈଳୀରେ କାଠ ଚିରିଛି । କାଠ ଚିରିବାବେଳେ କାଠ ଚେମଡ଼ା, ଟାଣୁଆ, ଚିରିଲେ ହାତ ଫୁଟୁକା ହୋଇଯିବ ବୋଲି କହିଛି । କାଠଚିରାର ଫାଳ ବଡ଼ ହେବାରୁ ବାବୁ ଆହୁରି ଛୋଟ କରିବାକୁ କହିଛନ୍ତି, ଠିକ୍ ରୂପେ କାମ ନେବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିଛନ୍ତି। ବାବୁଙ୍କର ଏପରି କଥାକୁ କାଠୁରିଆ ତାତ୍ସଲ୍ୟ କରିଛି । ସେ ସବୁ ଜାଣିଛି ବୋଲି ସଫେଇ ଦେଇ କହିଛି ।

କାଠ ଚିରିବା ଅବସରରେ, କାଠୁରିଆ ତା’ର ପରିଚୟ ଦେଇଛି । ଜୀବନରେ ଘଟିଯାଇଥବା ଦୁଃଖଦ ଘଟଣାକୁ ସହଜ ସରଳ ଭାବରେ ବଖାଣି ବସିଛି । ନିଜକୁ ବାବୁଙ୍କଠାରୁ ସାମାନ୍ୟ ବଡ଼ କରି ପ୍ରମାଣିତ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଛି । ତା’ ବିଚାରରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ ବାବୁମାନେ ସବୁ ସୁଖ ପାଉଛନ୍ତି । ବାବୁ, ଛୁଆଙ୍କୁ ପାଠ ପଢ଼ାଇବା କଥା ପଚାରିବାରୁ, ସେ ‘କହିଛି, ତାଙ୍କ ପିଲା ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିଲେ ବାବୁଙ୍କର କାମ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଲୋକ ମିଳିବେ ନାହିଁ । ବାବୁଙ୍କ ସହିତ କାଠଚିରାଳିଟି ସୁଖ ଦୁଃଖ ହୋଇଛି । ନିଜର ସହଜ ସରଳ ବିଚାରବୋଧକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି । ତା’ର ଚଳଣିରେ ସେ ଖୁସିଥୁଲା ଭଳି ମନେହେ।ଇଛି

କାଠକୁ ଠିକ୍ ରୂପେ ବାଗେଇ ସାଗେଇ ଘଣ୍ଟାଏ ଦେଢ଼ଘଣ୍ଟାରେ କାଠୁରିଆ ଅଧାଅଧ୍ ଚିରିଦେଇଛି । ଲୋକଟି ଥକି ପଡ଼ିଲେ ବି ବାବୁ ତା’ଠାରୁ ଆହୁରି ଆହୁରି କାମ ଆଦାୟ କରିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏପରିକି କୌତୂହଳବଶତଃ କୁରାଢ଼ିକୁ ଟେକି, କାଠ ଚିରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ଅସଫଳ ହେଲେ ବି କାଠୁରିଆକୁ ପାରିଶ୍ରମିକ ଦେବାକୁ ସେ ଚାହିଁ ନାହାନ୍ତି । କାଠୁରିଆ କିନ୍ତୁ ସବୁକାମ ଠିକ୍ଠିକ୍ କରିବାର ପ୍ରୟାସ କରୁଥାଏ।

ବାବୁ ଦେଖୁଲେ କାଠୁରିଆର ପେଟ ପିଠିକୁ ଲାଗିଯାଉଛି । ତାକୁ ଖାଇବା କଥା ପଚାରିଛନ୍ତି ବାବୁ । ହେଲେ ଭଲ କରି ଗଣ୍ଡା ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦେବାକୁ ଚାହିଁ ନାହାଁନ୍ତି । ବରଂ ଦୁଇଦିନର ବାସିରୁଟି, ଯେଉଁ ରୁଟି ତାଙ୍କ ପୋଷାକୁକୁର ଖାଇବ ନାହିଁ, ସେହି ରୁଟି ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି । ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ପାଇଖାନା ଲୋଟାରେ ପାଣି ପିଇବାକୁ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେହି ରୁଟି ଖାଇ, ପାଇଖାନା ଲୋଟାରେ ପାଣି ପିଇ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ କିଛି ଭାବିନାହିଁ ବରଂ ସେହି ଲୋଟାକୁ ପାଉଁଶ ପକାଇ ମାଜି ଚିକ୍‌ଚିକ୍ କରିଦେଇଛି । ବାବୁ ଗଲେ ଭାତ ଖାଇବାକୁ । ଦେଖାଇ ଦେଇଗଲେ କାଠସବୁ କାଠଘରେ ସଜାଡ଼ି ରଖିବାକୁ । ବାବୁ ରବିବାରର ଗରିଷ୍ଠ ଭୋଜନ ଖାଇ, ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଖଣ୍ଡେ ଧରି ଗଲେ କାଠ ଦେଖିବାକୁ । ସବୁ ଠିକ୍ ରହିଥିବା ଦେଖିଛନ୍ତି । ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ କାଠକୁ ସଜାଡ଼ି ରରାଦ କରିଛନ୍ତି।

ସବୁକାମ ସରିଲା ପରେ ବାବୁ ଆଣି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି, ଦିଖଣ୍ଡ ଦି’ଟଙ୍କିଆ ନୋଟ୍ । ଚାରିଅଣା ପଇସା ଫେରାଇବାକୁ କହିଛନ୍ତି । କାଠୁରିଆଟି ନିଜର ଅସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି । ତଥାପି ବଜାରରୁ ଭଙ୍ଗେଇ ଆଣି ଚାରିଅଣା ପଇସା ଦେବାକୁ ବାବୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ କରିଛନ୍ତି । କାଠୁରିଆଟି କହିଛି, ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ମୁଁ କାଠଚିରି ପଇସା ଶୁଝିଦେବ । ମାତ୍ର ବାବୁ କହିଛନ୍ତି, ‘ତୁ ଆସିବୁ ନ ଆସିବୁ କି ବିଶ୍ଵାସ’ ।

ବିଶ୍ଵାସୀ ମଣିଷକୁ ଅବିଶ୍ୱାସ କହିଲେ, ତା’ର ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଚହଲିଯାଏ । ସେ ଜାଣିପାରେ ସଭ୍ୟ ମଣିଷର ଶୋଷଣର କଥାକୁ । ତେଣୁ କାଠୁରିଆ ଆଖି ଲାଲ୍ ଲାଲ୍ କରି କହିଛି – “କି କହିଲୁ ବାବୁ ! କି ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ! ଏତେବେଳେଯାଏଁ ମତେ ଟେକାଟେକି କରି, ଭୁଲେଇ ବୁଲେଇ ତୋର ସବୁକାମ ଆଦାୟ କରିନେଲୁ। ମର ଜମିଜାଇଗା ବି ସବୁ ତମରମାନେ ନେଲା, ମର ନ କରିବା କାମ ବି କରିଦେଲି । ଦୁଇଟା ଶୁଖିଲା ରୁଟିଦେଲୁ ଯେ ଭାବିଛୁ ଢେର ଦେଲୁ । କହୁଛି କି ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ! ଆମର କି ମଣିଷ ନାଇଁ ବଣର ଭାଲୁ ହେଇଛି ? ପଇସାରେ ବଡ଼ ନୁକି ଦେଖେଇ ହେଉଛୁ । ମୁଁ ତୋର ଚାଲାକି ସବୁ ବୁଝିଛି । ନେ ତର ପଇସା ।”

ନୋଟ ଦୁଇଟାକୁ ବାବୁଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ କାଠୁରିଆ ଫୋପାଡ଼ି ଦେଇ, ଥମଥମ୍ କରି ଫାଟକ ପାରହୋଇ ସଡ଼କ ଧରିଛି । ବାବୁ କାଠୁରିଆର ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ ଡରିଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ଜାଣି ପାରିଛନ୍ତି, ତାକୁ ଏପରି କଥା କହି, ସେ ଭୁଲ୍ କରିଛନ୍ତି । କାଠୁରିଆ ହୁଏତ ଅଘଟଣ ଘଟାଇ ଦେବ ବୋଲି ଆଶଙ୍କା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ଆତଙ୍କିତ ହୋଇ ଚୈତନ ହାତରେ ନୋଟ ଦୁଇଟି ତାକୁ ଦେବାକୁ ଧରେଇ ଦେଇ, ଘର ଭିତରକୁ ଚାଲିଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ସର୍ବାଙ୍ଗ ତାଙ୍କର ଝାଳରେ ବୁଡ଼ିଯାଇଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions Chapter 14 କାଠ

କାଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ ଓ ଟିପ୍ପଶା

  • ଧଅ କାଠ – ଏକ ଧ୍ଵସର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣର ନିଦା କାଠ
  • ହସ୍ତାଏ – ଏକ ସପ୍ତାହ
  • ଧ୍ୱମୂଷା ମାଦଳ – ଏକ ବାଦ୍ୟଯନ୍ତ୍ର
  • ଫାଳ ଏ – କାଠଗଣ୍ଡିର ଆଧା
  • କଣିକଶି ଶାତ – ହାଡ଼ଭଙ୍ଗା ଶାତ
  • ଖଢେଇ – ମୁହଁକୁ ବିକୃତ କରି ଦେଖାଇବା
  • ଗୁଟେ – ଗୋଟାଏ
  • ଗେସ ଗୁଲି – ଗ୍ୟାସ ଚୁଲି
  • କାଠୁଆ – କାଠ ଚିଚାଳି
  • ନୁକ – ଲୋକ
  • ନାର୍ଗ – ପାଇଁ
  • ତର – ତୋର
  • ଦରଜା – କବାଟ
  • ନାଭ – ଲାଭ
  • ମର – ମୋର
  • ନୁକ ସାନ୍ – କ୍ଷତି
  • ବାଝୁଆ -ମଞ୍ଜ କାଠ
  • ଏଗା – ଏଗୁଡ଼ା
  • ତାତ୍ସଲ୍ୟ କରି – ପରିହାସ କରି
  • ରକମ – ପ୍ରକାର
  • କେତଡ଼ – ଗହୁତ/କେତେ କେତେ
  • ତଗର ଭାଗର – ୪ /୫ ବର୍ଷର ଛୋଟ ଖେଳୁଆଡ଼ ବୟସର ପିଲା
  • ଆରମ ଆଗ ନିର୍ଲାଟା – ଏହା ପୂର୍ବ ସ୍ରାଟା
  • ଦେନା – ଦେଲା
  • ମତପ୍ କାମ – ରାସ୍ତ୍ରୀ କାମ
  • ତିରିଲା – ପ୍ତା
  • କଟେଇ – ଅସ୍ତ୍ରୋପଚାର
  • ଧ୍ ମେଇ – ଧାରେ ଧାରେ
  • ଚାତୁରା – କଳା କୌଶଳ
  • ଠିକିରି ପଡ଼ିବା – ଛିଟିକି ପଡ଼ିବା
  • ନୁହା – ଲୁହା
  • ଗୁଦାମ – ଗୋଦାମ
  • ଦୁଇ କିଲ ଆର ଅଧେ – ଅଢେଇ କିଲେ।
  • ଶେଷ ପ୍ରସ୍ତ – ଛାନିଆ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟୟ କାମ
  • ଧଇଲା – ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା
  • ତାଦ୍ଦଣ୍ଡେ – ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ/ତତ୍ କ୍ଷଣାତ୍
  • ଭିଶି – ଖେଳେଇ ହୋଇ/ ବିଛାଡ଼ି ହୋଇ
  • ଗରନା – ଝାତୁ
  • ଚେଳଚେପାରା – ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଖଣ୍ଡ ଓ ଚୋପା ଚୋପରା
  • ବିନା ଓଜର ଆପତ୍ତିରେ – ବିନା ପ୍ରତିବାଦରେ
  • ପାଉଶା – ପାରିଶ୍ରମିକ / ମଜୁରି
  • ଭଙ୍ଗେଇ – ଖୁଚୁରା
  • ରଇବାର – ରବିବାର
  • ଦୁକାନ – ଦୋକାନ
  • ସଞ୍ଚତ – ଗଛିତ
  • ଆମଥମ -ରାଗରଗ
  • ଏକମୁହଁ – ଏକତରଫା
  • ରୁଦ୍ର ମୂର୍ତ୍ତ – ଭୟଙ୍କର
  • ଉପଲବ୍ଜି – ବୁଝିଲି
  • ଉତକ୍ତ – ରାଗିଯିବା

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 2 Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Three Questions Text Book Questions and Answers

Unit – 1

Gist :
A king was worried, because he had three questions constantly troubling him. He wanted to know what was the right time for the right work with the right person, who were the most important men whom he should consult and what was the most important work. Many learned persons came but failed to satisfy the king with their answers. Some said that the right time could be ascertained if the king consulted a table of days, months and years strictly. Others said the king should seek the help of a magician. In reply to the second question, some said the people the king most needed were the council of ministers, others said they were priests or doctors. To the third question, the answer was equally confusing. The king could not agree with anyone of them. So he decided to approach a learned hermit living in a wood. In other words, the hermit was living far from the madding crowd. He was famous for wisdom.

Glossary:
above all: more than anything else (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତ ବିଷୟଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ )
occurred: came to mind (ମୁଣ୍ଡକୁ )
proclaimed:  made known publicly or officially (ଆନୁଷ୍ଠାନିକ ଭାବରେ)
pastimes: things done to pass time pleasantly (ସମୟ)
Reward: prize (ପୁରସ୍କାର)
beforehand: in advance (ଆଗୁଆ)
letting: allowing (ଅନୁମତି)
absorbed: giving the whole mind to (ମଜ୍ଜିଯିବା)
skill: expertness (ବିଶେଷଜ୍ଞତା)
warfare: the state of being at war (ଯୁଦ୍ଧ)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Think it out

Question 1.
What were the three questions that occurred to the king? What did he do get the answers to his questions?
Answer:
The three questions that occurred to the king were if he was always aware of the right time to start everything, whether he had the knowledge of who the perfect people to listen to, and whom to get rid of, and at last if he was alive to do what the most genuine work to perform. To get the answers to his questions, he announced a great reward for anybody who would answer these three questions satisfactorily.

Question 2.
What answers did the wise men give to his first question?
Answer:
The happy prospect of being rewarded by the king fabulously attracted many wise men. They made a beeline to the presence of the king hoping to answer his questions. In reply to the first question, some suggested that the king ought to consult a table of days, months and years in order to know the right time to do the right work. Others advised him to consult a council. Yet there were some who even suggested to the king to seek the help of a magician in the matter.

Question 3.
How did the wise men answer his second question?
Answer:
In reply to the second question, the wise men were not unanimous in their answers. Some said that the king should consult his councillors. Others said he should consult priests and doctors; while some said the warriors were the most necessary.

Question 4.
What answers did the king get for his third question?
Answer:
The king got various answers for his third question from the wise men. In their opinion they differ from each other. Some wise men replied that the important thing in the world was science. To others, it was skill in warfare. The answer did not end there. Some other wise men replied that it was religious worship.

Question 5.
Why did he decide to consult a hermit?
Answer:
Different answers to his three important questions failed to satisfy the king. In other words, he did not subscribe to any of the answers provided by the wise men. There was a hermit who was exceedingly famous for his wisdom. Therefore, the king decided to consult a hermit.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Unit – II

Gist :
The king approached the hermit in the guise of a common man. The holy man was then digging a hole outside. He blessed the visitor and went about his work. The king asked him the three questions seeking his answers. But the hermit didn’t bother to answer the questions. He went on digging the hole as before. He looked very tired. The king took pity on the old man and offered his help. The hermit took rest and the king went on digging the hole till it was evening. He was now impatient and begged the holy man to answer his questions. But the holy man was as silent as before. In the mean time, a man came running towards them.

He was bleeding profusely from a wound in his stomach. The king was moved and washed the man’s wound and bandaged it. The hermit served the man too. Both of them carried the wounded man inside and laid him on a bed. Being tired the king fell asleep on the threshold. When he woke up, he heard the wounded man aplogising to him. It was now revealed that the man was a former enemy of the king who had followed him to kill him, but he was found out by the king’s bodyguards and was mortally wounded by them. The man said that if the king had been late, he would have killed him. The king was happy to know that a die hard enemy of his had been won over so easily. The wounded man swore to devote the rest of his life serving the king.

Glossary:
quitted : left ବାମ
cell : a single room ଗୋଟିଏ କୋଠରୀ
hermit : a holy person living alone ଏକ ପବିତ୍ର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି
dismounted : climbed down ବିସର୍ଜନ
approached : went towards ଆଡକୁ ଗଲା |
unfastened : opened ଖୋଲିଲା
soaked : wet ଓଦା
ceased : stopped ଅଟକି ଗଲା
revived : got well again ପୁଣି ଭଲ ହୋଇଗଲା
crouched down : ଆଣ୍ଠେଇ
threshold : doorstep ସୀମା
frail : weak and thin ଦୁର୍ବଳ ଏବଂ ପତଳା
spade: an instrument for digging (କୋଡ଼ି)
fainting : collapsing (ଅଚେତ, ବେହୋସ )
moaning : making a low mournful sound ଏକ କମ୍ ଶୋକର ଶବ୍ଦ ଶୁଣିବା
feebly: slowly (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ)
intently : eagerly ଉତ୍ସାହର ସହିତ
executed : punished by death ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଦଣ୍ଡିତ
ambush : hiding ଲୁଚି
restore : to give back ଫେରାଇବାକୁ

Think it out :

Question 1.
Where did the king meet the hermit? How did the hermit receive the king?
Answer:
The king clad in simple clothes met the hermit in the wood which was his permanent abode. The hermit’s meeting was only confined to the common folk. However, he received the king as usual. There was not a touch of extra-ordinariness about it. After greeting the king, the hermit kept on digging the ground in front of his hut.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Question 2.
How did the king help the hermit?
Answer:
The king saw the hermit digging the ground single-handedly. The old man was weak and frail and skinny. He seemed exhausted. The king took pity on him and kind as he was, he wished to lend a helping hand to the holy man. He took the spade from him and dug the ground himself. Thus, the king helped the hermit.

Question 3.
How did the king nurse the wounded stranger?
Answer:
As soon as the king saw the wounded stranger, he along with the hermit opened his clothing. He carefully washed and bandaged the large wound in his stomach with his handkerchief, yet the blood kept on flowing. Therefore, the king again and again removed the bandage soaked with blood, and washed and bandaged it once again. At last blood stopped flowing. The injured man came to his senses and asked for water. The king rose to the occasion. At last, he along with the hermit carried the wounded stranger to the hut.

Question 4.
Why did the wounded person desire to serve the king as his most faithful slave?
Answer:
The wounded man was a die-hard enemy of the king. The king had executed his brother and confiscated his property. So the man wanted to take revenge by killing the king while he was paying visit to the hermit alone. But the way with which the king nursed him and saved his life moved the man. It was unbelievable. The hostility he had nurtured for the king vanished. His heart was filled with repentance. Therefore, the wounded person desired to serve the king as his most faithful servant

Unit: III

Gist :
The king wanted to return to the palace. He again approached the hermit seeking answers to his questions. But the holy man replied smilingly that he had already had his answers. The right time is the time which is ‘now’, the right work is the work before you and the right person is the one with whom you are. The most important affair is to do good to the man who needs your help at the moment. The king understood everything. He took up the work that the holy man had been doing and that work and that time were the most important ones. The hermit who was before him was the most important man needing his care and attention.

Glossary :
taken leave of : ଛୁଟି
wounded : ଆହତ
injured : ଆହତ
porch : a covered entrance to a house ଗୋଟିଏ ଘରର ଆଚ୍ଛାଦିତ ପ୍ରବେଶ
sowing : scattering seeds over ବୁଣିବା
pitied : showed pity ଦୟା
attended to : treated ଚିକିତ୍ସିତ
made peace : ଶାନ୍ତି ସ୍ଥାପନ କଲା
dealings : treatment କାରବାର
that…. life ତାହା …. ଜୀବନ: God had sent man into this life for the welfare of all ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ କଲ୍ୟାଣ ପାଇଁ man ଶ୍ବର ମନୁଷ୍ୟକୁ ଏହି ଜୀବନରେ ପଠାଇଥିଲେ

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Think it out:

Question 1.
How did the hermit answer the king’s questions?
Answer:
Before taking leave of him, the king again asked the hermit to answer his three questions, but he was told that he had already been answered. The most important time for him the day before was when he was digging the bed, the most important man was the hermit. Afterwards when he attended to the wounded stranger that was the right time, the stranger the right man and the help given was the most important work otherwise the injured man would have died. Therefore the right time is always the present time, the most important man is one whom one deals with at that time and the right occupation is to help others.

Question 2.
Was the king satisfied with the hermit’s answers? Give a reasoned answer.
Answer:
The king was greatly satisfied with the hermit’s answers. Each answer the hermit gave to his questions was relevant. For instance, the enemy would have killed the king, had he not digged the ground and consequently, staying with him. The hermit’s focus on ‘now’ impressed him most. The king was satisfied, when the hermit wanted him to do good to the man of that moment is the most important affair, because
God has created man only for this purpose.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Three Questions Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
The hermit lived in a wood which he never quitted, and he received none but common folk. So the King put on simple clothes, and before reaching the hermit’s cell dismounted from his horse, and, leaving his body-guard behind, went on alone. When the King approached, the hermit was digging the gound in front of his hut. Seeing the King, he greeted him and went on digging. The hermit was frail and weak, and each time he stuck his spade into the ground and turned a little earth, he breathed heavily. The King went up to him and said : “I have come to you, wise hermit, to ask you to answer three questions: How can I learn to do the right thing at the right time ? Who are the people I most need, and to whom should I, therefore, pay more attention than to the rest ? And, what affairs are the most important, and need my first attention ?” The hermit listened to the King, but answered nothing. He just spat on his hand and recommenced digging.
“You are tired,” said the King, “let me take the spade and work awhile for you.”
“Thanks !” said the hermit, and, giving the spade to the King, he sat down on the ground.
When he had dug two beds, the King stopped and repeated his questions.
The hermit again gave no answer, but rose, stretched out his hand for the spade, and said: “Now rest awhile and let me work a bit.”
But the King did not give him the spade, and continued to dig. One hour passed, and another. The sun began to sink behind the trees, and the king at last stuck the spade into the ground, and said :
“I came to you, wise man, for an answer to my questions. If you can give me none, tell me so, and I will return home.”
“Here comes some one running,” said the hermit, “let us see who it is.”
The King turned round, and saw a bearded man come running out of the wood. The man held his hands pressed against his stomach, and blood was flowing from under them. When he reached the King, he fell fainting on the ground moaning feebly. The King and the hermit unfastened the man’s clothing. There was a large wound in his stomach.
Questions :
(i) Throw light on the hermit.
(ii) What picture of the king do you find in the extract?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Answers :
(i) The hermit lived in a forest. He was very fond of this place. He identified himself with the common man and shared their feelings. Against this backdrop, he received none except the common folk. He was the epitome of great values. He cordially greeted the king clad in common clothes, the hermit was thin and weak. He believed in the philosophy of duty. In spite of being physically weak, he was digging the soil with a spade. In him, the king found a wise man. He was interested to ask his questions to the hermit.

(ii) The extract presents the king in a bright light. He is averse to exhibiting his royal glamour. He was simple to the core. He meets the hermit, putting on simple clothes. He understands the feelings of the hermit. He is a kindhearted person. He cannot stand the sight of the hermit digging the soil with a spade. The king takes the tool from him and performs his work. Despite everything, his curiosity to ask his questions to the hermit and find answers does not diminish. The king also shows kidness to the injured bearded man.

Question 2.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
The King turned round, and saw a bearded man come running out of the wood. The man held his hands pressed against his stomach, and blood was flowing from under them. When he reached the King, he fell fainting on the ground moaning feebly. The King and the hermit unfastened the man’s clothing. There was a large wound in his stomach. The King washed it as best he could, and bandaged it with his handkerchief and with a towel the hermit had. But the blood would not stop flowing, and the King again and again removed the bandage soaked with warm blood, and washed and rebandaged the wound. When at last the blood ceased flowing, the man revived and asked for something to drink. The King brought fresh water and gave it to him. Meanwhile the sun had set, and it had become cool. So the King, with the hermit’s help, carried the wounded man into the hut and laid him on the bed. Lying on the bed the man closed his eyes and was quiet, but the King was so tired with his walk and with the work he had done, that he crouched down on the threshold, and also fell asleep- so soundly that he slept all through the short summer night. When he awoke in the morning, it was long before he could remember where he was, or who was the strange bearded man lying on the bed and gazing intently at him with shining eyes.
“Forgive me !” said the bearded man in a weak voice, when he saw that the King was awake and was looking at him.
“I do not know you, and have nothing to forgive you for,” said the King.
“You do not know me, but I know you. I am that enemy of yours who swore to revenge himself on you, because you executed his brother and seized his property. I knew you had gone alone to see the hermit, and I resolved to kill you on your way back. But the day passed and you did not return. So I came out from my ambush to find you, and I came upon your bodyguard, and they recognized me, and wounded me. I escaped from them, but should have bled to death had you not dressed my wound. I wished to kill you, and you have saved my life. Now, if I live, and if you wish it, I will serve you as your most faithful slave, and will bid my sons do the same. Forgive me !” The King was very glad to have made peace with his enemy so easily, and to have gained him for a friend, and he not only forgave him, but said he would send his servants and his own physician to attend him, and promised to restore his property.

Questions :
(i) What made the king enjoy a sound sleep?
(ii) Describe the meeting between the injured person and the king.

Answers :
(i) The king came forward to relieve the wise hermit of his work, because the latter was thin and weak. He did not allow the hermit to go on digging with the spade. The king requested him to give him the spade. He kept on doing his work. The hermit want him to take rest, but in vain. In the meanwhile. a bearded person came running out of the wood, with blood gushing from the stomach. The king and the hermit rose to the occasion. At last, they helped him carry to the hut. Walk and work made the king dog-tired. At last, he fell a sound sleep.
(ii) The king learnt that the bearded man was his enemy, because of his act of executing his brother and seizing his property. Knowing that he had come alone to meet the hermit, the man had promised to slay him. On the way his soldiers recognised him and attacked him. But for the king’s compassion, he would have been bled to death. Again, the man expressed his wish to serve the king and be his most trusted servant, and begged the king’s forgiveness. The king was glad to establish peace with his enemy and promised to give his property back.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Question 3.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Having taken leave of the wounded man, the King went out into the porch and looked around for the hermit. Before going away he wished once more to beg an answer to the questions he had put. The hermit was outside, on his knees sowing seeds in the beds that had been dug the day before.
The King approached him, and said:
“For the last time, I pray you to answer my questions, wise man.”
“You have already been answered !” said the hermit, still crouching on his thin legs, and looking up at the King, who stood before him.
“How answered? What do you mean ?” asked the King.
“Do you not see,” replied the hermit. “If you had not pitied my weakness
yesterday, and had not dug those beds for me, but had gone your way, that man would have attacked you, and you would have repented of not having stayed with me. So the most important time was when you were digging the beds, and I was the most important man, and to do me good was your most important business. Afterwards when that man ran to us, the most important time was when you were attending to him, for if you had not bound up his wounds he would have died without having made peace with you. So he was the most important man, and what you did for him was your most important business. Remember then : there is only one time that is important Now! It is the most important time because it is the only time when we have any power. The most necessary man is he with whom you are, for no man knows whether he will ever have dealings with any one else: and the most important affair is, to do him good, because for that purpose alone was man sent into this life !”

Questions :
(i) How was the king’s life saved?
(ii) What idea of the writer’s message do you get in the extract?

Answers :
(i) Kind hearted as the was, the king took pity on the hermit and wished to lend him a helping hand. He took the spade from the hermit and dug the ground till sunset. If he had not stayed with the holy person and gone away, he would have attacked by his enemy, who resolved to kill him. Because of his kindness and helpful nature his life was saved.
(ii) This extract forms the essence of the story ‘Three Questions”. Tolstoy here conveys a very salutary message to mankind. His emphasis on ‘now’ is a case in point. Man’s present moment always needs a careful attention. The writer brings home another fact that man’s life on this earth should not be meaningless. God has created him to serve mankind. Man should not lose sight of this fact.

Introducing the Author
Count Leo Tolstoy (1828-1910), a great moral teacher of recent times, was an eminent writer and thinker of Russia. In 1879, he underwent a spiritual transformation which he has described in his ‘Confession’. He was a staunch believer in God: his love for men was matchless. His amazing creativity finds expression in his books novels, plays and exhortations. His writings were censored, but nothing could stop him from preaching the virtues of self-purification, love and compassion for all forms of life. He had a great impact on Gandhiji, the sage-politician of India. His short stories are remarkable for great moral conviction and deep religious spirit. The style is simple and is packed with realistic details and colloquial diction purged of all rhetoric.

About the Story
Tolstoy’s ‘Three Questions’ gives us a piece of practical wisdom. It prescribes for man three moral ways of living. The scriptural persuasiveness of tone accounts for its impact and appeal. We are ever in need of guidance and wisdom to know the right way and time to do the right thing with the right person. But man is often at a loss to know this. So he gropes in moral and spiritual darkness and in his confusion and bewilderment does the wrong things detrimental to him and the society as well. Faced with such a situation, a king had to go to a hermit in the guise of a common man where he had to do hard work, spend the night and know things the hard way. As a reward, however, the answers he found were fully satisfactory and convincing.

Summary
Once, a king was in a pensive and reflective mood. He was racking his brain to find apt answers to three important questions – how to know the right time to do the right thing* how to know who the right people were to listen to, and what was the most important things to do. He thought that if he got answers to these tricky questions he could conduct his affairs smoothly and wisely.

Many learned people came to the palace to answer these questions. But the king found their answers quite unsatisfactory. The answers were various and even contradictory. In reply to the first question, some said that the king ought have to draw up a table of days, months and years and live strictly according to it. Others suggested that he should abandon idle pastimes and the habit of procrastination. In reply to the second question, the answers were equally confusing.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

Some said that a council of wise men must be handy for ready consultation. Yet others suggested that the help of a magician ought to be sought in this regard. To the third question, as to what was the most important work or occupation, some replied that it was science; others said it was skill in warfare or religious worship. The king could agree with none of them. So he sought the advice of a learned sage living in a wood. The king went to the holy hermit in the guise of a common man. When he reached the hermitage, he saw the skinny hermit digging a hole. He was in sweats. The king asked him the three questions and begged him to answer them. But the hermit paid little heed to the king’s repeated queries. He went on digging till he was damn tired.

The king offered to dig the hole himself. The hermit handed over the spade to the king and took rest. The king dug and dug till it was night. The hermit was as silent as before. At this moment, a wounded man came running. The hermit and the king nursed him. The king bandaged his wound and forgot all about his questions. They carried the wounded man inside and laid him on the bed. The man fell silent. He seemed to have felt better. The king was so tired that he too fell asleep on the threshold. When he woke up, he saw that the wounded man was fixing his gaze on him. The identity of the wounded man was revealed.

He was a die-hard enemy of the king, who had followed him to kill him on his way to the hermitage. But as the king was detained long at the hermitage, he came out of his hide and was wounded mortally by the king’s bodyguards. The man apologised to the king and swore to be his faithful slave the rest of his life. The king was happy to know that he had won over his enemy with such ease. The king took leave of the wounded man and before leaving the hermitage, approached the hermit again.

He was now disgusted with the holy man’s puzzling silence. When he asked the questions for the last time, the hermit replied that he had already got the answers. The king was startled. But the holy man explained to him that the right time was the time at hand. It was ‘now’ which was most important. The king took pity on the hermit and helped him in the work. For him, that time was the most opportune one and that work was the most important one. The hermit was the most necessary man at that time. The most necessary man is he with whom one is at the moment and the most important affair is, to do him good. Man is sent into this life to serve his fellow beings. The king got his answers and returned to the palace wiser and more enlightened.

ସାରାଂଶ :

ଲିଓ ଟଲ୍‌ଷ୍ଟୟଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ରଚିତ ଉକ୍ତ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରଗଳ୍ପଟିରେ ମଣିଷମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପଦେଶ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଇଅଛି । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମଣିଷ ଆପଣାର ଜୀବନ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ବହୁ ଘାତ ପ୍ରତିଘାତର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇ ଭୂଲୁଣ୍ଠିତ ହେବାବେଳେ ଭାବିବସେ ଯେ ଯଦି ସେ ସଫଳତା ହାସଲ କରିବାର ଉପାୟ ଓ କଳାଟିକୁ ଜାଣିପାରନ୍ତା, ସେ ହୁଏତ ଆପଣାର ଜୀବନଟିକୁ ସରସ, ସୁନ୍ଦର ଓ ଋଦ୍ଧିମନ୍ତ କରିପାରନ୍ତା । ସେ ଜାଣେନାହିଁ ଯେ ସାଫଲ୍ୟର ଚାବିକାଠି ତା’ର ହାତ ପାହାନ୍ତାରେ, ତା’ର ଚେତନାର ଉପର ସ୍ତରରେ – ଖାଲି ଯାହା ତାହାର ଦୃହକ୍ଳିଷ୍ଟ, ବିକ୍ଷୁବ୍‌ଧ ମାନସିକତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ସେ ଏବେ ବି ଅଜ୍ଞାନ ଅନ୍ଧକାରରେ ଆଚ୍ଛନ୍ନ, ମରୀଚିକାର ପଛରେ ନିୟତ ଧାବମାନ ।

ଏକଦା ଜଣେ ରାଜାଙ୍କର ମନେହେଲା ଯେ ଯଦି ସେ ତିନୋଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ପାଇପାରନ୍ତେ, ତେବେ ସେ କେବେହେଲେ ବିଫଳତାର ଗହ୍ଵରରେ ପତିତ ହୁଅନ୍ତେ ନାହିଁ । ପ୍ରଥମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକୃଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ କ’ଣ ? ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ଉତ୍ତମ ପରାମର୍ଶଦାତା ଓ ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି କିଏ ଯାହାଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ସେ ନିର୍ଭର କରିପାରିବେ ଏବଂ ଯାହାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ସେ ଆପଣାକୁ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିପାରିବେ ? ତୃତୀୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ – ସର୍ବୋତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି କ’ଣ ? ଯଥା ସମୟରେ ରାଜ୍ୟସାରା ଡେଙ୍ଗୁରା ଦିଆଗଲା । ଯେଉଁ ବିଜ୍ଞବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ରାଜାଙ୍କର ଏହି ତିନୋଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇପାରିବେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ବିପୁଳ ଭାବରେ ପୁରସ୍କୃତ କରାଯିବାର ଘୋଷଣା କରାଗଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ ହାୟ, ଅନେକ ବିଜ୍ଞବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପୁରସ୍କାର ଲୋଭରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟାକଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ରାଜା କୌଣସି ଉତ୍ତରରେ ସନ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ । ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ବିଜ୍ଞବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ ।

ପ୍ରଥମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତରରେ କିଏ ଉପଦେଶ ଦେଲେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଉତ୍ତମ ପଞ୍ଜିକାରୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାରମ୍ଭର ସଠିକ୍ ତିଥି, ବାର, ନକ୍ଷତ୍ର ଜାଣିବାକୁ ତ ଅନ୍ୟ କେତେକ ବେଶ୍ ଦାର୍ଶନିକ ଭାବରେ ଉପଦେଶ ଦେଲେ ଯେ ରାଜା ଆଳସ୍ୟର ବଶବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ନ ହୋଇ ଯେଉଁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଯେତେବେଳେ କରିବାର କଥା ତାହା ଯଥାଶୀଘ୍ର ସମ୍ପାଦନ କରିବା ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର । ସେହିଭଳି ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତରରେ କିଏ ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ ମନ୍ତ୍ରିପରିଷଦ ଉତ୍ତମ ପରାମର୍ଶ ଦେଇପାରିବେ ବୋଲି କହିଲେ ତ ଆଉ କେତେକ ରାଜପୁରୋହିତ କିମ୍ବା ରାଜବୈଦ୍ୟ କିମ୍ବା ସୈନ୍ୟସାମନ୍ତ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ପରାମର୍ଶଦାତା ବୋଲି ଘୋଷଣା କଲେ । ତୃତୀୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତରରେ କିଏ ଜ୍ଞାନାର୍ଜନ ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ବୃତ୍ତି ବୋଲି କହିଲେ ତ ଆଉ କିଏ ଯୁଦ୍ଧବିଗ୍ରହ କିମ୍ବା ଧାର୍ମିକ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନମାନ ଉତ୍ତମ ବୃତ୍ତି ବୋଲି କହିଲେ । ସୁତରାଂ ରାଜା ତିନୋଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର କୌଣସି ସଠିକ୍ ସନ୍ତୋଷଜନକ ଉତ୍ତର ପାଇପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କର ଜିଜ୍ଞାସା ପ୍ରବଳରୁ ପ୍ରବଳତର ହେଲା । ପରିଶେଷରେ ରାଜା ରାଜ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅରଣ୍ୟର ନିକାଞ୍ଚନ ପରିବେଶରେ ଏକ କୁଟୀରରେ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ଜଣେ ଜ୍ଞାନୀ ସାଧୁଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ଛଦ୍ମବେଶରେ ଗଲେ ।

ସାଧୁଙ୍କ ବାସସ୍ଥାନର ଅନତି ଦୂରରେ ରାଜାଙ୍କର ଅଙ୍ଗରକ୍ଷକମାନେ ରହିଲେ । ରାଜା ଘୋଡ଼ାରୁ ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଜନତାର ଛଦ୍ମବେଶରେ ସାଧୁଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟିବାକୁ ଗଲେ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ରାଜା ସାଧୁଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟିଲେ, ସେତେବେଳେ ସେହି ଜ୍ଞାନୀ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଆପଣାର କୁଟୀରର ବାହାର ପ୍ରଦେଶରେ ମାଟି ହାଣି ଏକ ଶସ୍ୟପଟାଳି ତିଆରି କରିବାରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଦୁର୍ବଳ ଶରୀର ତାଙ୍କର କଠିନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ଅନୁପଯୁକ୍ତ ଥିଲେ ବି ସାଧୁ ନିର୍ବିକାର ଭାବରେ ମାଟି ଖୋଳି ଚାଲିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ରାଜା ଖୁବ୍ ବିନମ୍ରତାର ସହ ସାଧୁଙ୍କୁ ନିଜର ଆସିବାର ଅଭିପ୍ରାୟ ଜଣାଇଲେ ଏବଂ ତିନୋଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ସାଧୁଜଣଙ୍କ ରାଜାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଶୁଣି ନ ଶୁଣିବାର ଅଭିନୟ କଲେ ଏବଂ ପୂର୍ବବତ୍ ମାଟିଖୋଳା କାମରେ ଲାଗିପଡ଼ିଲେ । ଦୟାଳୁ ରାଜା ସାଧୁଙ୍କୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିଜେ ମାଟି ଖୋଳିବାରେ ଲାଗିଲେ ଓ ସାଧୁଜଣଙ୍କ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେବାପାଇଁ ବସିପଡ଼ିଲେ । ଘଣ୍ଟା ଘଣ୍ଟା ଧରି ରାଜା ଶସ୍ୟପଟାଳି ହାଣି ଚାଲିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସାଧୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ ନାହିଁ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 Three Questions

ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟା ଉପନୀତ । ଦୂରରୁ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିକଳ ଚିତ୍କାର କରି ଦୌଡ଼ିଆସି ସାଧୁ ଓ ରାଜାଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ଭୂପତିତ ହେଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ପେଟରେ ଏକ ବିରାଟ କ୍ଷତ ଏବଂ ସେଥିରୁ ପ୍ରବଳ ରକ୍ତସ୍ରାବ ହେଉଥାଏ। ରାଜା ଓ ସାଧୁ ତା’ର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ସେବାଯତ୍ନ କଲାପରେ ଲୋକଟି ସାଷ୍ଟମ ହେଲା । ରାଜା କ୍ଲାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ କୁଡ଼ିଆର ଗୋଟିଏ କୋଣରେ ଶୋଇ ପଡ଼ିଲେ । ନିଦରୁ ଉଠିବା ପରେ ସେ ଜାଣିଲେ ଯେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସେ ସେବାଶ୍ରୁଶ୍ରୂଷା କରିଥିଲେ ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ଜଣେ ଘୋର ଶତ୍ରୁ ଯିଏକି ତାଙ୍କୁ ମାରିବାପାଇଁ ଅରଣ୍ୟକୁ ଆସିଥିଲା । ଯାହାହେଉ, ସେ ଲୋଟି ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଅନୁତପ୍ତ ଏବଂ ସବୁଦିନ ପାଇଁ ରାଜାଙ୍କର ବିଶ୍ବସ୍ତ ଭୃତ୍ୟ ହୋଇ ରହିବାପାଇଁ ସେ ଶପଥବଦ୍ଧ ହେଲା । ଖୁବ୍ ସହଜରେ ଆପଣାର ଜଣେ ପ୍ରଚଣ୍ଡ ଶତ୍ରୁର ହୃଦୟ ଜୟ କରିପାରିଥିବାରୁ ରାଜା ଆନନ୍ଦିତ ହେଲେ । ତେବେ ଆଉ ବେଶି କାଳ ସାଧୁଙ୍କ କୁଟୀରରେ ରହିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ନ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ସେ ଯିବାକୁ ବାହାରିଲେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ରାଜପ୍ରାସାଦକୁ ଫେରିଯିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଶେଷଥର ପାଇଁ ସାଧୁଙ୍କଠାରୁ ତିନୋଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଆଶାକରି ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସେହି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରି ବସିଲେ । ରହସ୍ୟମୟ ହସ ହସି ସାଧୁ କହିଲେ ଯେ ରାଜା ତାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର କେବେଠାରୁ ପାଇ ସାରିଛନ୍ତି । ଚକିତ ରାଜା ସାଧୁଙ୍କର ଏହି ଇଙ୍ଗିତ ବୁଝି ନ ପାରିବାରୁ ସାଧୁ ବୁଝାଇଦେଲେ ।

ଯେତେବେଳେ ରାଜା ସାଧୁଙ୍କୁ ମାଟି ହାଣିବାର ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ଦୟାପ୍ରକାଶ କରି ତାଙ୍କୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିଜେ ମାଟି ହାଣିଲେ, ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ଅଜ୍ଞାତସାରରେ ଆପଣାର ପ୍ରଥମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ପାଇଗଲେ । କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକୃଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ସର୍ବଦା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ । ତୁମ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଯେଉଁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ, ସେହି ମୁହୂଉଁଟି ହିଁ ସେହି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାର ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ମୁହୂର୍ଭ । ତୁମ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଯେଉଁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ତୁମର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ, ସେହି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ହିଁ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଏବଂ ସେହି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସେବା ହିଁ ତୁମର ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ବୃତ୍ତି । ଠିକ୍ ଯେମିତି ରାଜା ଆହତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସେବା କରିଛନ୍ତି, ତାହାହିଁ ହେଉଛି ତାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ କର୍ମ, ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତ ରାଜାଙ୍କର ଜ୍ଞାନୋଦୟ ହେଲା। ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ତିନୋଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ସନ୍ତୋଷଜନକ ଉତ୍ତର ପାଇ ପ୍ରାଜ୍ଞ ସାଧୁଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଣାମ କଲେ ଓ ସହର୍ଷ ମନରେ ରାଜପ୍ରାସାଦକୁ ଫେରିଆସିଲେ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Standing Up for Yourself Text Book Questions and Answers

UNIT – I
Gist with Glossary:

Gist:
The author was alone and living in Moscow. His parents were separated. His father seldom sent letters to him. His mother was a geologist, but later she gave it up to become a singer. She was entertaining the troops. These circumstances drove the author to live in the street. The street was his world which taught him how to overcome his fear of the stronger.

Glossary:
divorced : (husband and wife) separated by a court of law
front: war front, a place where two armies are engaged in a battle (ଯୁଦ୍ଧକ୍ଷେତ୍ର)
geologist: a person who studies rocks and crust of the earth to know its history (ଭୂତତ୍ତ୍ବବିତ୍)
concert: musical entertainment
elegantly: neatly, showing a good sense of style (ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବରେ)
overcome : conquer (ଜୟ କରିବା)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Think it out:
Question 1.
Is the narrator a child or an adult narrating his childhood experiences?
Answer:
The narrator is an adult narrating his childhood experiences.

Question 2.
Does the narrator have happy experiences in his childhood? Why/Why not?
Answer:
The narrator has both happy and unhappy experiences in his childhood. His parents were divorced. His mother left him. These circumstances made him lonely. The street became his teacher. He cultivated all bad habits. Another good habit he developed was the spirit of fearlessness which he has kept intact till today.

Question 3.
What was his relationship with his father?
Answer:
The narrator’s father lived somewhere in Kazakhstan with his new wife and hardly he got letters from his father. In short, there was no genuine relationship between father and son.

Question 4.
How did his mother spend his time?
Answer:
His mother spent her time in singing and giving entertainment to the troops.

Question 5.
What does ‘my education was left to the street’ mean here?
Answer:
After the divorce, his father lived with his new wife and his mother spent time in singing and giving entertainment to the troops. As a result, he became lonely and the street became his master. It taught him both good and bad habits.

Question 6.
What were two habits that remained with him all his life?
Answer:
The two habits that remained with him all his life were his preparedness to face the battle of life at any moment and his spirit of fearlessness.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 7.
What in your opinion was the best lesson that the street taught to the writer?
Answer:
In my opinion, the best lesson that the street taught to the writer was the habit of fearlessness. It taught him not to fear anyone.

UNIT – II
Gist with Glossary:

Gist:
A boy named Red was the monarch of the street. He possessed a peculiar appearance. He with two or three of his lieutenants was a terror in the street. The whole street was in the throes of fear at the sight of Red.

Glossary:
masterfully : carelessly (ବେଖାତର ଭାବରେ )
gait : manner of walking (ଚାଲିବା ଢଙ୍ଗ)
peak: a lock of hair growing just above the forehead (ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଜଟ)
tumble : fall (ପଡ଼ିଯିବା)
cascade : waterfall (ଜଳପ୍ରପାତ)
pock-marked face: face with marks left after the smallpox
lieutenants : (here) supporters (ସମର୍ଥକ)
impressively : (here) without the slightest hesitation (ଦ୍ବିଧାହୀନଭାବେ )
tripped : followed by walking or running (ଜୋର୍ ରେ ପାଦ ପକାଇ ଚାଲିବା)
knuckle-duster: metal covering for the knuckles, for attack or defense

Think it out :
Question 1.
What made Red look older than he really was?
Answer:
His big and broad shoulders made Red look older than he really was.

Question 2.
How did he roam in the street?
Answer:
He roamed carelessly in the street with his legs wide. He walked like a seaman on the floor of a ship.

Question 3.
How did he dress himself?
Answer:
He dressed himself in a peculiar manner. He put on a cap. From under his cap, the writer noticed its peak at the back of his head.

Question 4.
Did he intentionally dress and walk in the manner described?
Answer:
A villain as he was, Red intentionally dressed and walked in the manner described.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 5.
Why did his lieutenants also wear their caps back to front?
Answer:
His lieutenants also wore their caps back to front, because they, like Red, wanted to evoke fear in everyone’s mind.

Question 6.
What pet animal comes to your mind when you read the expression ‘tripped at his heels’?
Answer:
When we read the expression ‘tripped at his heels’, the pet animal that comes to my mind is a dog.

Question 7.
What was his way of forcing money out of other boys?
Answer:
His way of forcing money out of other boys was to stop them and say simply but firmly the one-word ‘money’.

Question 8.
How did he rule the street?
Answer:
He ruled the street by stopping any boy and saying simply but firmly nothing but the one word ‘money’. His hangers-on emptied his pockets, and they beat him ruthlessly in case he resisted.

Question 9.
Was the narrator afraid of Red? Quote the sentence from the text in support of your answer.
Answer:
The narrator was certainly afraid of Red. The line ‘So was /’ is a case in point.

UNIT – III
Gist with Glossary:

Gist:
The author wrote a poem about him which by the next day became very popular. The people got the poem by heart and were filled with joy in expressing their hatred for Red. The author became a victim of Red. The ruffian gave him a violent strike with his knuckle duster. The author suffered fierce wounds. He lay unconscious and was bedridden for several days. After some days he went out with his bandaged head. As soon as he saw Red, he sprang to his feet. The author’s reaction was one of disgrace. He made up his mind to face Red without any fear.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Glossary:
exulted : showed great joy and pride (ଗର୍ବ ଓ ଆନନ୍ଦ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ)
triumphant: showing great joy or satisfaction (ଅତ୍ୟଧ୍ଵ ଆନନ୍ଦ ଓ ସନ୍ତୋଷ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ)
hatred : dislike exhibited with joy (ଘୃଣା)
bore : make a bore, (here) looked pointedly (ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁଲେ )
drawled : spoke slowly so that the sounds of the vowels are longer than as usual (ଧୀର କଣ୍ଠରେ ସ୍ଵର ଲୟେଇ କହିବା)
crookedly : dishonestly, shrewdly (ଚତୁରତାପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଢଙ୍ଗରେ)
remuneration: reward; (here the word has been used satirically) (ପାଉଣା )
pounding : beating heavily and repeatedly (ନିର୍ଘାତ ମାଡ଼ଦେବା)
impotent : helpless or powerless (ଶକ୍ତିହୀନ)
vanquishe : defeat completely (ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପରାସ୍ତ କରିବା)

Think it out :
Question 1.
What was the first thing the narrator did to overcome his fear of Red?
Answer:
The first thing that the narrator did to overcome his fear of Red was to write a poem about him.

Question 2.
How did the people in the street respond to the poem?
Answer:
The people in the street learnt the poem by heart. They were filled with great joy and excitement. Their hatred for Red ruled the most.

Question 3.
Explain the expression ‘triumphant hatred’.
Answer:
The narrator’s poem about Red filled the people in the street with great joy and excitement. They gave up their fear of Red and expressed their hatred for him with great satisfaction.

Question 4.
How did Red sneer at the narrator?
Answer:
Red addressed the narrator as a poet slowly with a mischievous smile on his face. He commented sarcastically that at last he wrote verses and asked if they rhymed.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 5.
What was the result of his first encounter with Red?
Answer:
Red struck the narrator’s head with a metal covering for the knuckles. As a result, he fell down with blood gushing out of his head and lost consciousness. He was confined to bed for several days. This was the result of his first encounter with Red.

Question 6.
‘This was my first remuneration as a poet’ – was the narrator happy with his reward as a poet?
Answer:
The narrator was not happy at all with his reward as a poet.

Question 7.
What was a more difficult situation for the narrator: to be injured by Red or to overcome his fear of Red when he saw Red after his injury?
Answer:
A more difficult situation for the narrator was overcoming his fear when he saw Red after his injury.

Question 8.
What was the result of his second encounter with Red?
Answer:
The result of his second encounter with Read was his determination to defeat the fear of Red despite suffering shame and experiencing futile anger at his cowardice.

UNIT – IV
Gist and Glossary:

Gist:
The author made up his mind to face Red without any fear. He trained himself with parallel bars and weights. He bought one textbook on ju-jitsu. After practicing the Japanese form of self-defense at home, he went out again. He encountered Red and his associates when they were absorbed in playing vingt-et-un. He went to them, kicked, and scattered the cards with utter contempt. The author’s rudeness made Red violently furious. Fierce fighting broke out.

Red was bewildered at his amazing fearlessness. He was disgracefully defeated. He was sobbing and wiping out his tears with his dirty hands. Red no longer became the monarch of the street. He learnt a great lesson from his encounter with Red. There is no need to be afraid of the strong. The strong can be challenged fearlessly, but one should be trained in the Japanese art of self-defense to overcome them. Besides, to be a poet, one should write not only poetry but abide by its essence.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Glossary:
parallel bars : pair of parallel bars on posts for physical exercise (ଶାରୀରିକ ବ୍ୟାୟମ ନିମନ୍ତେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକଯୋଡ଼ ସମାନ୍ତର ଦଣ୍ଡ )
session : single meeting
miraculous : most remarkable ( ଉଲ୍ଲେଖନୀୟ )
ju-jitsu : Japanese art of self- defence (ଆତ୍ମରକ୍ଷା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଏକ ଜାପାନୀ କୌଶଳ)
vingt-et-un : a kind of card game (ଏକପ୍ରକାର ତାଳ)
impudence : utter disrespect
menacingly : in a threatening manner (ଧମକ ଦେବା ଭଙ୍ଗୀରେ)
divied into pocket : rushing quickly into pocket (ହଠାତ୍ ପକେଟ୍‌ରେ ପୂରାଇଲେ)
jabbing : aiming a sudden blow (ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକରି ଦୃତ ଆଘାତ ଦେବା)
bewildered : puzzled, confused
grubby : dirty (ମଇଳା)
stand up for: back up (ସହାୟତା ଦେବା)

Think it out :
Question 1.
How did the narrator train himself to grow stronger?
Answer:
To grow stronger, the narrator trained himself with a pair of parallel bars meant for gymnastic exercises. Besides, he resorted to weights.

Question 2.
How did he get a textbook on ju-jitsu?
Answer:
He got a textbook on ju-jitsu in exchange of a week’s ration card.

Question 3.
How long did he train himself before the final encounter with Red?
Answer:
He trained himself for three weeks before the final encounter with Red.

Question 4.
Where did the final encounter take place? What was Red doing then?
Answer:
The final encounter took place on the lawn in their yard, when Red was lost in playing a card game called vingt-et-un with his hangers-on.

Question 5.
How did the narrator attack Red?
Answer:
The narrator kicked and scattered cards played by Red and his lieutenants.

Question 6.
How did Red react to the narrator’s attack?
Answer:
Red reacted to the narrator’s attack in a state of surprise and asked him mockingly if he was looking for more.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 7.
How did the narrator tackle Red?
Answer:
The narrator tackled Red by making a fast sudden blow to him. Confused, he came towards the former furiously. The narrator cut him to size by catching his wrist and squeezing slowly.

Question 8.
How did Red suffer at the hands of the narrator?
Answer:
Crying loudly in pain, Red rolled on the ground. His fingers suffered injuries. The narrator made him sob and rub the tears over his small-pox-marked face with his dirty fist.

Question 9.
What lesson did the narrator learn during his encounter with a bully like Red?
Answer:
During his encounter with a bully like Red, the narrator learns that one needn’t be afraid of the strong. Besides, it is imperative for all to know the technique of vanquishing them.

Question 10.
What career did the narrator prepare himself for?
Answer:
The narrator prepared himself for becoming a poet. Besides writing poems, he should defend their themes at any cost.

Question 11.
Which of these do you think is true: courage means not having fear at all or courage means conquering fear? Justify your choice.
Answer:
I think courage means conquering fear. The narrator’s strong determination to defeat Red, the ruler of the street, bore a fruitful result and Red was defeated by him. This is a glittering example on point.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Post-Reading Activities:

Doing the Words
(A) In order to understand what you are reading from an English text, you need to guess the meaning of unfamiliar words/expressions from the context. Guess at the meaning of words from the way it is used in the sentences/text below. This will help you read faster and easier.

Question (i).
Alexander was so good with horses that he could ride any horse masterfully.
(clue: Did Alexander behave as a ‘master’ ?)
Answer:
skilfully

Question (ii).
His courage used to bewilder many including his father. One example was when he tried to master Bucephalus, an unruly horse, everyone was bewildered at his behavior.
(clue: Bigger words come from smaller ones whose meaning you would know: be + wild + er. ‘wild’ is something that we don’t know.)
Answer:
confuse

Question (iii).
He never worked as a lieutenant in the Greek army but was always its leader.
(clue: Is a lieutenant senior or junior to the leader of an army ?)
Answer:
sub-ordinate

Question (iv).
Alexander wanted to conquer the whole world. He actually conquered most of it.
(clue: Is it to rule or defeat ?)
Answer:
rule

Question (v).
Although he died very young, his military achievement was impressive.
(clue: Bigger words come from smaller ones that you may know, impress + ive. Was Alexander’s achievement remarkable or ordinary ?)
Answer:
remarkable

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

(B) Some words are in italics in each of the following sentences, and three different meanings are given below the sentence. Identify the meaning that best fits the words in italics.

Question 1.
What matters in the struggle for life is overcoming fear?
(i) present situation
(ii) have an important effect
(iii) problems
Answer:
(ii) have an important effect

Question 2.
Most of the play is written in verse.
(i) prose
(ii) dialogues
(iii) poetry
Answer:
(iii) poetry

Question 3.
We have decided to complete the project at whatever cost.
(i) no matter what the risk or loss may be
(ii) without considering how much money is needed
(iii) in the least expensive way
Answer:
(i) no matter what the risk or loss may be

Question 4.
I know for certain that daffodils bloom in Spring.
(i) want to make sure
(ii) know without a doubt
(iii) declare with confidence
Answer:
(ii) know without a doubt

Question 5.
She has made up her mind to buy a car this month.
(i) hoped
(ii) decided
(iii) thought
Answer:
(ii) decided

Question6.
We must stand up for what is right even if we are standing alone.
(i) defend
(ii) represent
(iii) face boldly
Answer:
(i) defend

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

(C) Mark the use of ‘heel’ in “Two or three lieutenants, in peaked caps back to front like Red’s, tripped at his heels.” Look up the word ‘heel’ in the dictionary. Study the meanings of ‘heel’ in the following idiomatic expressions. Use each of them in a sentence of your own.
(a) take to one’s heels – To run away
(b) on the heels of – Following closely behind somebody
(c) cool one’s heels – Completely controlled by somebody
(d) kick up one’s heels – To be relaxed and enjoy yourself
(e) turn on one’s heels – To turn around suddenly
(f) head over heels – Loving somebody very much
(g) come to heel – To agree to obey somebody and accept his order
(h) show a clean pair of heels
Answer:
(a) take to one’s heels – The two suspicious-looking men standing outside the jeweler’s shop took to their heels when the police car drew up.
(b) on the heels of – TV camera team arrived on the heels of the police.
(c) cool one’s heels – The interviewer hadn’t arrived, so the Secretary kept the four of us cooling our heels in the corridor for hours.
(d) kick up one’s heels – They were forced to keep up their heels for nearly an hour.
(e) turn on one’s heels – She turned on her heel and went back to her room.
(f) head over heels – They met in 2000 and felt head over heels in love.
(g) come to heel – A few government rebels refused to come to heel and had to be expelled from the party.
(h) show a clean pair of heels – Butler showed them all a clean pair of heels as he raced for the finishing line.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Standing Up for Yourself Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions with Answers

1. Read through the extracts and answer the questions that follow.
In 41, I was living alone in an empty flat on a quiet Moscow street. My parents were divorced and my father was somewhere in Kazakhstan with his new wife and their two children. I seldom received letters from him. My mother was at the front. She had given up her work as a geologist to become a singer and was giving concerts for the troops. My education was left to the street. The street taught me to swear, smoke, spit elegantly through my teeth, and to keep my fists at the ready – a habit that I have to this day. The street taught me not to be afraid of anything or anyone – this is another habit I have kept. I realized that what mattered in the struggle for life was to overcome my fear of those who were stronger.

The ruler of our street was a boy of about sixteen who was nicknamed Red. Red was big and broad-shouldered beyond his years. Red walked masterfully up and down our street, legs wide and with a slightly rolling gait, like a seaman on his deck. From under his cap, its peak always at the back of his head, his forelock tumbled down in a fiery cascade, and, out of his round pock-marked face, green eyes, like a cat’s, sparkled with scorn for everything and everyone. Two or three lieutenants in peaked caps back to front like Red’s tripped at his heels. Red could stop any boy and say impressively the one-word ‘money’. His lieutenants would turn out the boy’s pockets, and if he resisted they beat him up hard. Everyone was afraid of Red. So was I. I knew he carried a heavy metal knuckle duster in his pocket.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Questions :
(i) Throw light on the writer’s father.
(ii) What bad habits did the narrator learn from the street?
(iii) Describe the physical appearance of Red.
(iv) How did his green eyes look like? What did they convey?
(v) What was the narrator aware of?

Answers :
(i) The writer’s parents were divorced. Then his father married again. He was living somewhere in Kazakhstan with his new wife and their two children.
(ii) The bad habits the narrator learnt from the street were smoking and spitting through his teeth in a nice manner.
(iii) Red had a round pock-marked face with green eyes.
(iv) Red’s green eyes looked like those of a cat. They conveyed his contempt for everything and everyone.
(v) The narrator was aware of the fact that Red carried a heavy metal covering for the knuckles in his pocket.

2. Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
I wanted to conquer my fear of Red. So I wrote a poem about him. This was my first piece of journalism in verse. By the next day, the whole street knew it by heart and exulted with triumphant hatred. One morning on my way to school, I suddenly came upon Red and his lieutenants. His eyes seemed to bore through me. “Ah, the poet,” he drawled, smiling crookedly. “So you write verses. Do they rhyme ?” Red’s hand darted into his pocket and came out armed with its knuckle duster; it flashed like lightning and struck my head. I fell down streaming with blood and lost consciousness. This was my first remuneration as a poet. I spent several days in bed. When I went out, with my head still bandaged, I again saw Red. I struggled with myself but lost and took to my heels. At home, I rolled on my bed, biting my pillow and pounding it in shame and impotent fury at my cowardice. I made up my mind to vanquish it at whatever cost.

Questions :
(i) When did the narrator suddenly meet Red?
(ii) Why did he faint?
(iii) ‘It flashed like lightning.’ What does ‘It’ refer to?
(iv) What happened to the narrator after Red had attacked him ruthlessly?
(v) Explain the expression ‘impotent fury’.

Answers :
(i) One morning when the narrator was going to school, he suddenly met Red.
(ii) He fainted because Red struck him on the head with his knuckle duster.
(iii) ‘It’ refers to Red’s knuckle-duster.
(iv) The narrator lay unconscious and was confined to bed after Red had attacked him ruthlessly.
(v) The expression ‘impotent fury’ signifies the narrator’s futile anger at his cowardice. He was incapable of encountering cruel and mischievous Red.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

3. Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
I went into training with parallel bars and weights. After every session, I would feel my muscles they were getting bigger, but slowly. Then I remembered something I had read in a book about a miraculous Japanese method of wrestling which gave an advantage to the weak over the strong. I exchanged a week’s ration card for a textbook on ju-jitsu. For three weeks, I stayed at home, practicing with two other boys. Then I went out. Red was sitting on the lawn in our yard, playing vingt-et-un with his lieutenants. He was absorbed in the game.

Fear was still deep in me, urging me to go back. But I went up to the players and kicked and scattered the cards. Red looked up, surprised at my impudence after my recent flight. He got up slowly. “You looking for more ?” he asked menacingly. As before, his hand dived into his pocket for the knuckle duster. But I made a quick jabbing movement and Red, howling with pain, rolled on the ground. Bewildered, he got up and came at me swinging his head furiously from side to side like a maddened bull.

I caught his wrist and squeezed slowly, as I had read in the book until the knuckle-duster dropped from his limp fingers. Nursing his hand, Red fell down again. He was sobbing and smearing the tears over his pock-marked face with his grubby fist. That day Red ceased to be the monarch of our street. And from that day on, I knew for certain that one need not fear the strong. All one needs is to know the way to beat them. For every strong man, there is a special ju-jitsu. What I also learned on this occasion was that to be a poet, I had not only to write poems but know how to stand up for them.

Questions :
(i) What is the importance of a textbook on ju-jitsu?
(ii) In what state did the narrator attack Red?
(iii) Where did Red always keep the knuckle duster?
(iv) What quality in the narrator prevented Red from becoming the monarch of their street again?
(v) Suggest a suitable title to the extract.

Answers :
(i) The textbook on ju-jitsu deals with a miraculous Japanese technique of wrestling that gives benefits to the weak over the strong.
(ii) The narrator attacked Red in a state of great determination, though fear was still haunting him.
(iii) Red always kept the knuckle duster in his pocket.
(iv) The narrator’s firm determination to overcome the fear of the strong prevented Red from becoming the monarch of the street again.
(v) The value of fearlessness.

II. Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) with Answers
Choose the correct option.

UNIT-I
WARM-UP
Have you ever…………..up in the streets.

Question 1.
The author belongs to which of the following country?
(a) England
(b) America
(c) Russia
(d) Germany
Answer:
(c) Russia

Question 2.
The author is:
(a) a poet
(b) a novelist
(c) a dramatist
(d) all of the above
Answer:
(d) all of the above

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 3.
In the Warm-up section there is a reference about a child, who is :
(a) given all comfort by parents
(b) deserted by parents
(e) looked after by a destitute center
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) deserted by parents

Question 4.
In the Warm-up para, the name of a movie is mentioned. The movie is:
(a) The Wizard Millionaire
(b) The Millionaire of London
(c) Slumdog Millionaire
(d) The Mumbai Crorepati
Answer:
(c) Slumdog Millionaire

Question 5.
Who is Danny Boyle?
(a) film producer
(b) film director
(c) film actor
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) film director

Question 6.
Who is Loveleen Tandan ?
(a) a co-director of the film
(b) director of the film
(c) film producer
(d) film actor
Answer:
(a) a co-director of the film

Question 7.
The film in the Warm-up para is an adaptation of a novel. What is that?
(a) The Novel A and Q
(b) The Novel of the Young Generation
(c) The Fall of Paradise
(d) The Novel Q and A
Answer:
(d) The Novel Q and A

Question 8.
The adaptation of the novel is done by an Indian author and diplomat. Who is he?
(a) Vikash Swarup
(b) Akas Swarup
(c) Nancy Swarup
(d) Loveleen Tandan
Answer:
(a) Vikash Swaru

Question 9.
The story in the text is about :
(a) a French child
(b) an Indian child
(c) a Russian child
(d) a Chinese child
Answer:
(c) a Russian child

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 10.
The child in the story is :
(a) a young film actor
(b) the author himself
(c) an English writer
(d) a storyteller
Answer:
(b) the author himself

The Text:
In 41, I was living alone ……….. were stronger.

Question 11.
Where did the boy live?
(a) in a bungalow in Moscow
(b) in a slum in London
(c) in an empty flat in Moscow
(d) in a modest house in Paris
Answer:
(c) in an empty flat in Moscow

Question 12.
What had happened to his parents?
(a) They were divorced.
(b) They were living together.
(c) They were always quarreling.
(d) They were dead.
Answer:
(a) They were divorced.

Question 13.
Where did his father live with his new wife?
(a) in Mumbai
(b) in Baluchistan
(c) in Kazakhstan
(d) in Moscow
Answer:
(c) in Kazakhstan

Question 14.
He received letters from his father :
(a) often
(b) seldom
(c) every month
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) seldom

Question 15.
What was his mother?
(a) an anthropologist
(b) a stenographer
(c) a historian
(d) a geologist
Answer:
(d) a geologist

Question 16.
Why did she (his mother) give up her work as a geologist?
(a) to become an actress
(b) to become a politician
(c) to become a singer
(d) to become a dancer
Answer:
(c) to become a singer

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 17.
What was she doing after leaving her work as a geologist?
(a) giving concerts for the troops as a singer
(b) giving training to the dancers
(c) giving guidance to the youth for social work
(d) working as a film director
Answer:
(a) giving concerts for the troops as a singer

Question 18.
What do you mean by the word ‘front’ here?
(a) the border of a state
(b) in front of a place or street
(c) place where two armies are fighting in a war
(d) all of these
Answer:
(c) place where two armies are fighting in a war

Question 19.
What do you mean by the word ‘concert’?
(a) cooperation
(b) confrontation
(c) musical entertainment
(d) mutual effort
Answer:
(c) musical entertainment

Question 20.
The word ‘troop’ refers to :
(a) dance party
(b) army
(c) group
(d) herd
Answer:
(b) army

Question 21.
The author’s parents were divorced when he was :
(a) a young man
(b) a boy
(c) a middle-aged man
(d) quite grown up
Answer:
(b) a boy

Question 22.
His fate pushed him to life :
(a) in the street
(b) in Luxury
(c) in danger
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) in the street

Question 23.
To swear, smoke and spit were his :
(a) vice
(b) virtue
(c) good habits
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) vice

Question 24.
What do you mean by the word “elegantly”?
(a) showing a bad sense of style
(b) showing a good sense of style
(c) attack somebody with style
(d) it is a style of dance
Answer:
(b) showing a good sense of style

Question 25.
Which habit he has kept to this day?
(a) smoking
(b) spit elegantly through his teeth
(c) keeping his fists at the ready
(d) all of these
Answer:
(c) keeping his fists at the ready

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 26.
Another habit he had kept was :
(a) fearful
(b) fearlessness
(c) cowardice
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) fearlessness

Question 27.
What kind of fear the boy had to overcome?
(a) fear of those who were stronger
(b) fear of losing friendship
(c) fear of being robbed
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) fear of those who were stronger

Question 28.
What was the experience of the narrator in his childhood?
(a) unhappy
(b) happy
(c) feeling of danger
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) unhappy

Question 29.
What in your opinion was the best lesson that the street taught to the narrator?
(a) spit elegantly
(b) to keep his fists at the ready
(c) not to be afraid of anything or anyone
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) not to be afraid of anything or anyone

Unit – II

Warm-up
The Text
Do you think a duster……….. in his pocket.

Question 30.
The narrator was scared of someone in his childhood. Who was he?
(a) a boy nicknamed Robbin
(b) a man who was a murderer
(c) a boy nicknamed Red
(d) a friend of his who was a terror
Answer:
(c) a boy nicknamed Red

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 31.
How old was Red?
(a) twenty years
(b) sixteen years
(c) eighteen years
(d) nineteen years
Answer:
(b) sixteen years

Question 32.
Who was called the ruler of our street?
(a) the child
(b) the author
(c) the boy Red
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) the boy Red

Question 33.
How was Red look like?
(a) big and broad-shouldered
(b) short and fatty
(c) tall and slim
(d) all of these
Answer:
(a) big and broad-shouldered

Question 34.
What do you mean by the word ‘masterfully’?
(a) to behave like a master
(b) to do the mastermind work
(c) not caring for others
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) not caring for others

Question 35.
What do you mean by the word ‘gait’?
(a) manner of standing
(b) manner of sitting
(c) manner of talking
(d) manner of walking
Answer:
(d) manner of walking

Question 36.
‘Like a seaman on his deck’ refers to :
(a) the author
(b) a seaman of the past
(c) the boy Red
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) the boy Red

Question 37.
What do you mean by the word ‘peak’ here?
(a) the highest point
(b) lock of hair growing just above the forehead
(c) the top of a mountain
(d) all of these
Answer:
(b) lock of hair growing just above the forehead

Question 38.
What is the meaning of the word ‘cascade’?
(a) vast grassland
(b) waterfall
(c) a green belt
(d) the surface of the body of water
Answer:
(b) waterfall

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 39.
How was the face of Red looked like?
(a) red flat face
(b) round pock-marked face
(c) black round pock-marked face
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) round pock-marked face

Question 40.
His green eyes were compared with like that of a :
(a) monkey
(b) tiger
(c) cat
(d) deer
Answer:
(c) cat

Question 41.
Which word from the following is the synonym of the word ‘scorn’?
(a) angry
(b) contempt
(c) remark
(d) conserve
Answer:
(b) contempt

Question 42.
Lieutenants here refers to :
(a) assistants of Red
(b) friends of Red
(c) supporters of Red
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) supporters of Red

Question 43.
What was Red demanding from the boys stopping them on the road?
(a) to obey him
(b) money
(c) to steal for him
(d) to rob people on the way
Answer:
(b) money

Question 44.
What did his lieutenants do if somebody resisted?
(a) beat him up hard
(b) keep him confined in a place
(c) leave him to go silently
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) beat him up hard

Question 45.
What did Red always carry in his pocket?
(a) a knife
(b) a rifle
(c) a knuckle-duster
(d) a blade
Answer:
(c) a knuckle-duster

Question 46.
Why did he carry a heavy metal duster?
(a) to attack
(b) for defense
(c) both for attack and defense
(d)none of these
Answer:
(c) both for attack and defense

Unit – III

Warm-up
The text
Does the narrator ……………….. whatever cost.

Question 47.
What did the narrator want to conquer?
(a) fear of God
(b) fear of ghost
(c) fear of himself
(d) fear of Red
Answer:
(d) fear of Red

Question 48.
What did he do to win over his fear of Red?
(a) wrote a poem about him
(b) prayed to God to give the strength
(c) decided to avoid him
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) wrote a poem about him

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 49.
This poem of the narrator was in the form of :
(a) poem
(b) verse
(c) dialogue
(d) dilect
Answer:
(b) verse

Question 50.
Which was the first piece of journalism of the narrator in verse?
(a) the first poem of the author
(b) the first article of the author
(c) the first short story of the author
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) the first poem of the author

Question 51.
What do you mean by the statement “the whole street knew it by heart”?
(a) It was distributed to people of the street.
(b) The poem was popular among the people of the street.
(c) The street people sang the poem standing together.
(d) all of these
Answer:
(b) The poem was popular among the people of the street.

Question 52.
What do you mean by the word ‘exulted’?
(a) showed displeasure and unhappiness
(b) showed physical and mental strength
(c) showed great joy and excitement
(d) showed bad temperament and falsehood
Answer:
(c) showed great joy and excitement

Question 53.
What do you mean by the word “triumphant”?
(a) the feeling of victory with satisfaction
(b) the feeling of victory with anger
(c) showing bad manners by winning something
(d) all of these
Answer:
(a) the feeling of victory with satisfaction

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 54.
What do you mean by the word phrase ‘triumphant hatred’?
(a) the feeling of victory over something or somebody you dislike
(b) feeling very bad after the victory
(c) showing bad manners after winning a match
(d) all of these
Answer:
(a) the feeling of victory over something or somebody you dislike

Question 55.
At what time the narrator one day met Red and his lieutenants?
(a) in the evening
(b) at night
(c) in the afternoon
(d) in the morning
Answer:
(d) in the morning

Question 56.
What is the meaning of the phrase ‘bore through’?
(a) to look at somebody aggressively
(b) to threaten someone to kill
(c) to stare in a way that makes somebody feel uncomfortable
(d) all of the above
Answer:
(c) to stare in a way that makes somebody feel uncomfortable

Question 57.
What do you mean by the word ‘drawl’?
(a) to say something speedily and angrily
(b) to say something slowly with longer vowel sounds
(c) to say something slowly with longer consonant sounds
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) to say something slowly with longer vowel sounds

Question 58.
What do you mean by the phrasal words ‘impotent fury’?
(a) fruitful anger
(b) futile anger
(c) fruitful with no anger
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) futile anger

Question 59.
What do you mean by the word ‘vanquish’?
(a) defeat completely
(b) win completely
(c) break somebody’s power
(d) all of these
Answer:
(a) defeat completely

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Question 60.
Who was smiling crookedly at the narrator?
(a) people in the street
(b) Red
(c) Red’s lieutenants
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) Red

Question 61.
Who told this to whom? “So you write verses. Do they rhyme ?”
(a) Red to his lieutenants
(b) Red to the people in the street
(c) Red to the narrator
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) Red to the narrator

Question 62.
What do you mean by the word ‘darted’?
(a) moved slowly
(b) moved suddenly
(c) moved secretly
(d) moved upward
Answer:
(b) moved suddenly

Question 63.
What is a knuckle-duster?
(a) It is an iron knife.
(b) It is an iron hammer.
(c) A metal covering for the knuckles for attack or defense.
(d) An axe-type weapon.
Answer:
(c) A metal covering for the knuckles for attack or defense.

Question 64.
What was the author’s first remuneration as a poet?
(a) a word of admiration by the people
(b) struck on his head with a knuckle-duster
(c) streaming with blood and lost consciousness
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) struck on his head with a knuckle-duster

Question 65.
Avoiding meeting Red in the second time, the author considers this act on his part as
(a) bravery
(b) cowardice
(c) cleverness
(d) wise
Answer:
(b) cowardice

Question 66.
What did he want to do at whatever cost?
(a) to conquer
(b) to win
(c) to vanquish
(d) to get rid of
Answer:
(c) to vanquish

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Unit – IV

Warm-up
The text
Fear of Red ………….. stand up for them.

Question 67.
Which method of wrestling is an advantage to the weak over the strong?
(a) Chinese method of wrestling
(b) Japanese method of wrestling
(c) German method of wrestling
(d) French method of wrestling
Answer:
(b) Japanese method of wrestling

Question 68.
Which game Red was playing sitting in the lawn when the narrator went out to meet him?
(a) chess
(b) vingt-et-un
(c) length-ut-sn
(d) oxat-ut-bun
Answer:
(b) vingt-et-un

Question 69.
Which textbook on martial art did the narrator buy?
(a) on fu-fitsu
(b) on ju-jitsu
(c) on lu-litsu
(d) gu-bitsu
Answer:
(b) on ju-jitsu

Introducing the Author:
Yevgeny Yevtushenko is a promising Russian poet. His poetic career started with the publication of his first volume of poems in 1952. He represented the young generation of poets. He became the voice of the young poets who were bent upon seeing the old truths about socialist realism in a newer light. Flowers and Bullets, Freedom to Kill, and Stolen Apples testify to his poetic genius. Besides, he is a novelist, essayist, dramatist, screenwriter, actor, editor and director of films.

About the Topic:
The author’s parents were divorced when he was still a boy. The divorce plunged him into a state of loneliness. He turned this loneliness into a challenge. Thus his life began on a note of challenge. This topic is built around an incident in his boyhood while he was living in Moscow. It demonstrates that fear can be met effectively and successfully.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Chapter 1 Standing Up for Yourself

Summary:
The present essay gives a poetic description of the author’s bold encounter with a hoodlum while as a boy he was living in Moscow. The author injects realism in his narration of the incident. The essay begins with the author’s description of his divorced parents. Their divorce drove him into the street. His life started in the street. It became his home. He found his world in it. He describes his life in the street in a lighter vein. It was in the street that he swore and smoked. Here he learned the spirit of fearlessness.

The author gives a vivid account of ‘the ruler’ of the street. A boy about sixteen nicknamed Red was the hero of the street. He was a picture of panic to all. He was walking up and down the street careless of the people around him. His wide legs, fiery forelock, and green eyes dominated the street. He was always moving with two or three lieutenants. Red was a The author gives a vivid account of ‘the ruler’ of the street. A boy about sixteen nicknamed Red was the hero of the street. He was a picture of panic to all.

He was walking up and down the street careless of the people around him. His wide legs, fiery forelock, and green eyes dominated the street. He was always moving with two or three lieutenants. Red was a ruffian. His lieutenants could stop any boy unhesitatingly and empty out his pocket. The whole ‘street reacted in blatant fear. The author was also not free. But still, he was seized with a desire to conquer his fear of Red. He wrote a poem about the ruffian who always carried a heavy metal knuckle duster in his pocket.

The poem was on everybody’s lips. The whole street exhibited their dislike for Red with great joy. One morning on the way to school, the author accidentally met Red and his lieutenants. His eyes were fixed on the author with hatred and vengeance. He struck his head violently with his knuckle duster. He was unconscious and was confined to bed for several days. He again saw Red and tom in panic, he quickly escaped his notice. A sense of shame and cowardice overwhelmed him. He mustered the courage.

Fierce determination stared him in the face. He would defeat Red come what may. It was a challenge to him. He took to training with parallel bars and weights. He also remembered the Japanese method of wrestling which he had read in a book. He had to barter his ration card for a textbook on ju-jitsu which deals with the Japanese art of self-defense. He was engrossed in practicing this art with his friends for three weeks. He was filled with renewed confidence. He went out to meet the challenge of his life.

BSE Odisha

Sitting on the lawn, Red was lost in playing vingt-et-un with his lieutenants. In spite of lurking fear, he faced them with utter rudeness scattering their cards. Red flew into anger and before he used the knuckle-duster, the author crushed him. Writhing with pain, Red lay on the ground. He came to him like a maddened bull. What that writer had read in the book prompted him to deal with him without a shred of fear. He caught his wrist and squeezed him.

His knuckle duster could not help him. He fell down and was left to sob and wipe out his tears of defeat. The strong ruffian’s vanity and rule of the street were toms to pieces. The incident still clings to the author’s memory. His encounter with the monarch of the street taught him a lesson. One can easily overcome the fear of the strong, and the secret to beating them is to master the Japanese art of self-defense. Another lesson that he learned was that to be a poet one need not only write poems but to support their essence.

ସାରାଂଶ:
ଲେଖକ ଯେତେବେଳେ ବାଳକ ଥିଲେ ସେତେବେଳେ ସେ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଉପେକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ଫଳରେ ସେ ଏକାନ୍ତ ଭାବରେ ନିଃସଙ୍ଗ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଜୀବନ କଟାଇଥିଲେ । ମସ୍କୋର ରାସ୍ତା ହିଁ ଥିଲା ତାଙ୍କର ସଂସାର । ସେ କ୍ଵଚିତ୍ ବାପାଙ୍କଠାରୁ ପତ୍ର ପାଉଥିଲେ । ରାସ୍ତାର ଶିକ୍ଷା ତାଙ୍କର ଜୀବନକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲା । ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯେଉଁମାନେ ଜୀବନ କଟାନ୍ତି ସେମାନଙ୍କ ପରି ଶପଥ କରିବା, ଧୂମପାନ କରିବା ଏବଂ ହାତମୁଠା ଟାଣ କରିବା ସେ ଶିଖୁଥିଲେ । କୌଣସି କଥାକୁ ଭୟ ନ କରିବା ଏବଂ କାହାକୁ ଭୟ ନ କରିବା ମନୋଭାବ, ରାସ୍ତା ହିଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶିକ୍ଷା ଦେଇଥିଲା । ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କରିଥିଲେ ଯେ ଯେଉଁମାନେ ତାଙ୍କଠାରୁ ବଳବାନ୍ ତାଙ୍କୁ ବଳରେ ଟପିଯିବା ହିଁ ଜୀବନର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା । ସେ ସମୟରେ ରାସ୍ତାର ଦାଦା ଥିଲା ଜଣେ ଷୋହଳ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସର ତୁରଣ, ଯା’ର ଡାକ ନାମ ଥିଲା ‘ରେଡ୍’ ।

ବିଲେଇର ଆଖ୍ ପରି ତା’ର ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟି ସବୁବେଳେ ଜଳୁଥିଲା । ତା’ ପାଖରେ ଦୁଇ କିମ୍ବା ତିନିଜଣ ସମପୋଷାକ ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିବା ପାଖଲୋକ ଥାଆନ୍ତି । ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଯେକୌଣସି ପିଲାକୁ ସେ ଅଟକାଇ ପାରୁଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେତେବେଳେ ତା’ର ଦୁଷ୍କର୍ମରେ ସହାୟକ ପାଖଲୋକ ଦୁଇଟି ତା’ର ପକେଟ୍‌ରେ ଥ‌ିବା ପଇସା କାଢ଼ି ନେଉଥିଲେ । ଯଦି ପିଲାଟି ବାଧା ଦେଉଥୁଲା, ତେବେ ସେମାନେ ତାକୁ ନିସ୍ତୁକ ମାଡ଼ ଦେଉଥିଲେ । ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ପରି ଲେଖକ ବି ତାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଜାଣିଥିଲେ ରେଡ୍‌ର ପକେଟ୍‌ରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଓଜନଦାର ଧାତୁନିର୍ମିତ ଅସ୍ତ୍ର ଅଛି । ରେଡ୍ ପ୍ରତି ଭୟ କିପରି ଦୂର ହୋଇପାରିବ ଲେଖକ ସେହି କଥା ଚିନ୍ତା କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ତେଣୁ ତା’ ବିଷୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କବିତା ଲେଖୁଲେ ।

ତା’ପରଦିନ ରାସ୍ତାର ସମସ୍ତେ ତାହା ମନେରଖ‌ିଲେ । ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ପରି ଲେଖକ ବି ତାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଜାଣିଥିଲେ ରେଡ୍‌ର ପକେଟ୍‌ରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଓଜନଦାର ଧାତୁନିର୍ମିତ ଅସ୍ତ୍ର ଅଛି । ରେଡ୍ ପ୍ରତି ଭୟ କିପରି ଦୂର ହୋଇପାରିବ ଲେଖକ ସେହି କଥା ଚିନ୍ତା କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ତେଣୁ ତା’ ବିଷୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କବିତା ଲେଖୁଲେ । ତା’ପରଦିନ ରାସ୍ତାର ସମସ୍ତେ ତାହା ମନେରଖ‌ିଲେ । ଦିନେ ସକାଳେ ସ୍କୁଲ ଯିବା ରାସ୍ତାରେ ସେ ରେଡ୍ ଓ ତା’ର ସହକର୍ମୀମାନଙ୍କର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେଲେ । ରେଡ୍ ତା’ ପକେଟ୍‌ରୁ ସେହି ଓଜନଦାର ଜିନିଷଟି କାଢ଼ିଲା । ତାହା ଚିକ୍ ଚିକ୍ କରିଉଠିଲା । ରେଡ୍‌ର ଆଘାତରେ ଲେଖକ ଆହତ ହୋଇ ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ ହେଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ଭାଷାରେ କବିରୂପେ ଏହା ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରଥମ ପାଉଣା ।

BSE Odisha

ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ବେଣ୍ଡେଜ୍ ଥ‌ିବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ରେଡ୍ ସହିତ ପୁଣି ତାଙ୍କର ସାକ୍ଷାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ଦୂରେଇ ଯାଇଥିଲେ । ଭୀରୁତାଜନିତ ବ୍ୟଥୀରେ ସେ ଅଧୀର ହୋଇ ପଡ଼ିଥିଲେ । ରେଡ୍‌ର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବାପାଇଁ ଶକ୍ତି ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବାକୁ ସେ ମନେ ମନେ ସ୍ଥିର କଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ମନେପଡ଼ିଲା ଗୋଟିଏ ବହିରେ ପଢ଼ିଥିବା କଥା । ଜାପାନୀ ମୁଷ୍ଟିଯୁଦ୍ଧର କୌଶଳଦ୍ଵାରା କିପରି ବଳବାନ୍‌ଠାରୁ ଆତ୍ମରକ୍ଷା କରିହୁଏ ତା’ ଜାଣିବାପାଇଁ ନିଜୟ ପଡ଼ିକାର୍ଡ ବଦଳରେ ସେ ବହିଟି କିଣିଲେ । ତିନି ସପ୍ତାହ ଦୁଇଟି ପିଲାଙ୍କ ସହ କୌଶଳ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରିବା ପରେ ସେ ବାହାରକୁ ବାହାରିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ ତଥାପି ଭୟ ଥିଲା । ସେ କିନ୍ତୁ ମନରେ ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବ ପୋଷଣ କରି ରେଡ୍‌ର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେଲେ ।

ରେଡ୍ ପକେଟ୍‌ରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଓଜନଦାର ଅସ୍ତ୍ରଟି ତାକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିପାରି ନଥିଲା । ଜାପାନୀ କୌଶଳରେ ସେ ତାକୁ ଆଘାତ କଲେ । ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାରେ ରେଡ୍ ଭୂଇଁରେ ଗଡ଼ିଗଲା । ଗୋଟିଏ ପାଗଳ ଷଣ୍ଢ ପରି ରେଡ୍ ତା’ପରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଆଘାତ କରିବାକୁ ଆସିଲା; କିନ୍ତୁ ବହିରେ ପଢ଼ିଥିବା କୌଶଳ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ସେ ତା’ର ମଣିବନ୍ଧକୁ ଏପରିଭାବେ ଚାପିଦେଲେ ଯେ, ରେଡ୍‌ର ହାତର ଅସ୍ତ୍ର ତଳେ ପଡ଼ିଗଲା । ସେଇଦିନଠାରୁ ରାସ୍ତାର ଦାଦାର ଗରିମା ରେଡ୍‌ର ରହିଲା ନାହିଁ ଏବଂ ସେହିଦିନଠାରୁ ଲେଖକ ଜାଣିଲେ ଯେ, ଜଣେ ବଳବାନ୍‌କୁ ଭୟ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ । କେବଳ ବଳବାନ୍‌କୁ କିପରି ପରାସ୍ତ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ ତା’ର ଉପାୟ ଜାଣିବା ଉଚିତ । ଲେଖକ ପୁଣି ଶିକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲେ ଯେ, କେବଳ କବିତା ଲେଖୁବା ସବୁକିଛି ନୁହେଁ, କବିତାର ମୂଲ୍ୟବୋଧକୁ ବଞ୍ଚାଇ ରଖୁ ବଡ଼ କଥା ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 2 Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English After Twenty Years Text Book Questions and Answers

Unit – I

Gist:
One day, in a locality of New York a smart policeman was on the route doing patrol duty. The time was only 10 o’ clock at night. People in the streets had gone home early because of a drizzle and chilly weather. The majority of the houses in the locality were business places that were also closed early. The entire place was dark but a few lights were coming from a cigar store, an all-night hotel and one or two tailoring shops completing the day’s work. The policeman with his stalwart figure and smart movements was inspecting the closed doors as he went in the street.

Every now and then he was casting his watchful eyes here and there and was searching a man seriously. His boss had said him in the morning while giving the description of the man wanted : “Pale face, square jaws, deep and dark eyes and a little white scar near the right eyebrow.” He was ashamed that the name of the notorious criminal who Was printing counterfeit notes was not known to the Police Department. The criminal had fled away from Chicago and was moving in New York. The policeman had much confidence on himself and he felt pride of being a dutiful officer for the last eighteen years.

He had a feeling of luck with him as a debt. He had kept the reconstructed photograph of the criminal and a five-dollar note in his pocket which he looked at under a lamp-post. The policeman was in the habit of talking to himself when nobody was nearby. He suddenly looked at his watch and it was a quarter past ten. There was another thing in his mind. He hurried up to finish his duty. After a minute he saw a man standing near the doorway of a hardware store. He walked speedily to the man. He could not see the face of the man clearly as it was dark.

He was just going to address the man but suddenly changed his mind and waited the man to begin. The man, on the other hand, who thought to be looked suspicious in the eyes of the police started talking from his side. He said to the policeman that he was waiting for a friend with whom an appointment was made twenty years ago. Though it appears a little funny, he said to the policeman, it was the truth. About twenty years ago there was a restaurant where this store stands. Its name was ‘Brady’s Restaurant’. The policeman agreed to this and said it was changed into a store only in five years ago. The policeman had a chance to see the face of the man when he struck a match and lit a cigar.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ନିଉୟର୍କ ସହରର ଏକ ଗଳିରେ ସବୁଦିନ ଭଳି ଦିନେ ଜଣେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ପହରା ଦେଉଥିଲେ । ସମୟ ରାତ୍ରି ୧୦ଟା ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଲୋକମାନେ ସେଦିନ ଝିପିଝିପି ବର୍ଷା ଓ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଫେରି ଯାଇଥିଲେ । ପାଗ ଯୋଗୁଁ ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟା ସମୟରେ ବେଳାବେଳି ଗୃହକୁ ଦୋକାନ ଗୃହଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବନ୍ଦ ଥିଲା । ସ୍ଥାନଟି ପ୍ରାୟ ସେହ ଗଳିରେ ସେଦିନ ରାସ୍ତାକୁ ଲାଗିଥିବା ଅନ୍ଧକାରମୟ ଦିଶୁଥିଲା; କିନ୍ତୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଷ୍ଟୋର, ଅହୋରାତ୍ର ଖୋଲାଥିବା ଏକ ହୋଟେଲ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ କିମ୍ବା ଦୁଇଟି ଦରଜି ଦୋକାନରୁ ଆଲୋକ ଆସୁଥୁଲୀ । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ ତାଙ୍କ ବଳିଷ୍ଠ ଚେହେରା ଓ କ୍ଷିପ୍ର ଗତି ବଳରେ ସେହି ଗଳିର ବନ୍ଦ ଦ୍ଵାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କରୁଥିଲେ ।

ବହୁ ସମୟରେ ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୁ ଏଠି ସେଠି ନିକ୍ଷେପ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଜଣେ ଲୋକକୁ ଜରୁରୀ ଭାବରେ ଖୋଜୁଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ଉଚ୍ଚପଦସ୍ଥ ଅଫିସର ଆଜି ସକାଳେ ସେହି ଲୋକର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାରେ କହିଥିଲେ ‘ଲୋକଟିର ଶେତା ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ, ବର୍ଗାକାର ମାଢ଼ି, ଗଭୀର ଓ କଳା ଆଖ୍ ଏବଂ ଡାହାଣ ଆସ୍ପତା ପାଖରେ ଏକ ଛୋଟ ଧଳା ଦାଗ ।’’ ଲୋକଟି ଜଣେ ବଡ଼ଧରଣର ଅପରାଧୀ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ଜାଲନୋଟ୍ ଛାପୁଥୁଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଲଜ୍ଜା ଲାଗୁଥିଲା କାରଣ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବିଭାଗକୁ ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଅପରାଧୀର ନାମ ଜଣା ନ ଥିଲା । ଏହି ଅପରାଧୀ ଜଣକ ଚିକାଗୋରୁ ଆସି ନିଉୟର୍କରେ ଥବର ସୂଚନା ମିଳିଥିଲା । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣଙ୍କର ନିଜ ଉପରେ ବହୁତ ବିଶ୍ୱାସ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ଅଠର ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ଜଣେ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟନିଷ୍ଠ ଅଫିସରଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରି ଆସିଥ‌ିବାରୁ ବହତୁ ଗର୍ବିତ ଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଭାଗ୍ୟ ଏକ ଋଣ ଆକାରରେ ଅଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲେ ।

ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ଏକ ପାଞ୍ଚ ଡଲାର ନୋଟ୍ ଏବଂ ସେ ଅପରାଧୀର ଅଙ୍କା ଫଟୋ ରଖୁଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ସମୟ ସମୟରେ ତାକୁ ଦେଖୁଥିଲେ । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ କେହି ନ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ନିଜ ସହିତ କଥା ହେଉଥିଲେ । ହଠାତ୍‌ ହାତଘଣ୍ଟା ଉପରେ ନଜର ହେଉଥିଲେ । ହଠାତ୍ ହାତଘଣ୍ଟା ଉପରେ ନଜର ଗୋଟିଏ କଥା ମଧ୍ୟ ତାଙ୍କ ମନରେ ଥିଲା । ସେ ଶେଷ କରିବାପାଇଁ ତତ୍ପର ହୋଇଉଠିଲେ । କିଛି ସମୟ ପରେ ସେ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି hardware ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ କେହି ନ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ନିଜ ସହିତ କଥା ପକାଇ ଦେଖିଲେ ସମୟ ଦଶଟା ବାଜି ୧୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ହେଲାଣି । ଅନ୍ୟ ନିଜର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଶେଷ କରିବାପାଇଁ ତତ୍ପର ହୋଇଉଠିଲେ ।

କିଛି ସମୟ ପରେ ସେ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି hardware ଦୋକାନ ଆଗରେ ଠିଆ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଗଲେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଅନ୍ଧାର ହେତୁ ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ମୁହଁ ଦେଖିପାରୁ ନ ଥିଲେ । ସେ ଲୋକଜଣକୁ କିଛି କହିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ମନ ବଦଳାଇ ରହିଗଲେ । ଲୋକଜଣକ ନିଜକୁ ପୋଲିସ୍ ସନ୍ଦେହରୁ ମୁକ୍ତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିଜଆଡ଼ୁ କଥା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ସେ ପୋଲିସ୍‌ବାବୁଙ୍କୁ କହିଲେ ସେ ଏଠି ଜଣେ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଛନ୍ତି ଯାହା ସହିତ ଆଜି ଦିନରେ ଭେଟ ହେବାପାଇଁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ତଳେ ସେମାନେ କଥା ହୋଇଥିଲେ । କଥାଟା ବଡ଼ ମଜାଳିଆ ହେଲେ ବି ସତ୍ୟ ଥିଲା । ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ତଳେ ଏହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଏକ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ ଥିଲା ଯାହାର ନାମ ଥିଲା Brady’s Restaurant । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ ତାଙ୍କ କଥାରେ ସମ୍ମତ ହେଲେ ଓ କହିଲେ ଏହି ପାଞ୍ଚ ବର୍ଷ ତଳେ ଏହାକୁ ଏକ ଷ୍ଟୋରରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଇଛି । ଲୋକଟି ଠିକ୍ ଏହି ସମୟରେ ଦିଆସିଲି କାଠି ମାରି ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଲଗାଇବାବେଳେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଜଣଙ୍କ ତାଙ୍କ ମୁହଁ ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଦେଖୁ ପାରିଥିଲେ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Glossary:
wit (n): the ability to say or write things that are both clever and amusing She is a women of wit and intelligence.
wordplay: use of words (ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର) He makes better wordplay in his writings.
characterization: characters in a book or play seem real (ଖେଳ ବାସ୍ତବ ମନେହୁଏ). The success of the play depends much on its characterization.
surprise: unexpected event or happenings, a feeling of astonishment (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ) Her position in the top ten was a surprise in the last H.S.C. examination.
value: worth (ମୂଲ୍ୟ) We should better understand the value of life.
relationship: relation among people, friendship (ଲୋକମାନେ, ବନ୍ଧୁତା) He should regard our relationship.
triumph: victory, win (ଜିତନ୍ତୁ) Indians are happy with our World-Cup triumph.
on the beat: on the route doing patrol duty (ପାଟ୍ରୋଲିଂ କରୁଥିବା ମାର୍ଗରେ | କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ)
quiet road: road free from noise (ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ମୁକ୍ତ ରାସ୍ତା) He was walking freely on a quiet road.
habitual: doing something continuously (କ୍ରମାଗତ ଭାବରେ କିଛି କରିବା)
spectators: unlookers, viewers (ଦର୍ଶକ) Spectators sit in the gallery to watch the match.
kept early hours : went back home early in the night (ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଫେରିଗଲେ ରାତିରେ)
chilly winds: too cold winds (ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଥଣ୍ଡା ପବନ) We could not go out because of chilly winds blowing outside.
drizzle: dribble, raining lightly (ହାଲୁକା ବର୍ଷା) There was a drizzle in the morning.
depeopled: emptied of people (ଲୋକମାନେ) The streets of the city were depeopled by the evening as curfew was declared.
examining : inspecting, searching, checking (ଯାଞ୍ଚ, ଖୋଜିବା, ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରୁଛି )
playful : full of fun (ମଜା ରେ ପରିପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ) His activities were mostly playful.
movements: moving (ଗତିଶୀଳ) We cannot feel the movements of earth.
small stick : (here) lathi (ଏଠାରେ) ଲାଥୀThe policeman always moves with a small stick or lathi.
stalwart: sturdy, well-built (ବଳିଷ୍ଠ, ସୁଗଠିତ) He is a man of stalwart figure.
guardian of the law: protector of law (ଆଇନର ରକ୍ଷକ) The policeman is a guardian of the law.
tailoring shop : dressmaker’s shop (ଡ୍ରେସମେକରଙ୍କ ଦୋକାନ)
watchful eyes: vigilant eyes (ସଜାଗ ଆଖି) Nobody can escape from his watchful eye.
pale face : whitish face (ଧଳା ଚେହେରା)
square jaws : jaws having equal sides (ସମାନ ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱ ଥିବା ଜହ୍ନଗୁଡିକ)
white scar: a white mark left on the skin (ଧଳା ଦାଗ)
ashamed: felt shame (ଲଜ୍ଜା ଅନୁଭବ କଲା) He is ashamed of his bad manner.
notorious: famous for bad quality (କୁଖ୍ୟାତ) Terrorists are notorious criminals.
counterfeit: illegal (ନକଲି)
serious affair: grave matter (ଗୁରୁତର ବିଷୟ) Terrorism is a serious affair of our country.
lamp-post: a post giving light (ଆଲୋକ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରୁଥିବା ଏକ ପୋଷ୍ଟ) He was standing under a lamp-post and waiting for a friend.
five-dollar note : ପାଞ୍ଚ ଡଲାରର ନୋଟ୍
reconstructed photograph: picture of a person drawn by experts basing on the reports about his or her face (ଚିତ୍ରିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଚିତ୍ର | ବିଶେଷଜ୍ଞଙ୍କ ଦ୍ ରା)The reconstructed photograph of the leader of the terrorist was broadcasted in T.V
described: saw (from a distance) ଦେଖ (ଦୂରରୁ)
suspicious: doubtful (ସନ୍ଦେହଜନକ) Police can detain suspicious people for investivation.

Think it out:

Question 1.
How does the writer describe the atmosphere of the story?
Answer:
The story begins with a policeman doing the patroling duty in a street of New York. The time was 10 o’ clock at night. The strict was almost calm and quiet and people had gone home in the early hours of the evening because of bad weather. The business houses were mostly closed and darkness has covered the major part of the street. It was all due to chilly winds and light raining. Few lights were coming from a cigar store, an whole-night hotel and one or two tailoring shops completing the day’s work. The area coming under the lamp-posts were little lighted. Thus, the atmosphere was somewhat unsuitable and unfavourable.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Question 2.
How did the policeman perform his duties?
Answer:
The polieman was on the route doing patrol duty. He was moving smartly. His smartness was real and not for the show. It was night and most of the business houses in the street were closed early due to bad weather. There was darkness everywhere except light coming from few shops and lamp-posts. In spite of this, the policeman was inspecting every closed doors. He was holding a lathi and making some funny movements. The policeman, with his well-built figure and smart movements was proving himself as the guardian of law. He was very watchful and cast his eyes on the entire peaceful road. He was seriously searching a notorious criminal from Chicago. This duty was assigned to him by his boss and he was very confident as a dutiful officer for the last eighteen years to do the job perfectly.

Question 3.
What picture of the wanted criminal do you get from the text?
Answer:
The picture of the wanted criminal given to the polcieman in the morning of the said day was as follows. The criminal had a pale face, square jaws, deep and dark eyes, and a little white scar near the right eyebrow. The criminal’s name was not known and he was involved in a serious affair of printing counterfeit notes. The criminal was from Chicago. The policeman had a five dollar note and a reconstructed photograph of the criminal in his pocket.

Question 4.
How did the stranger try to interact with the policeman?
Answer:
The stranger, who was standing in front of a darkened hardware store, saw a policeman coming towards him. He thought that the policeman would suspect him as he did not know his story. So when the policeman walked upto him, he said to him that he was just waiting for a friend. It was an appointment made twenty years ago. It was a truth, though it seemed funny. To remove the doubts of the policeman, he narrated that about twenty years ago there was a restaurant where this store stands. Its name was “Brady’s Restaurant”. Then the policeman said that it was changed into a store just five years ago. In this way the stranger interacted with the policeman.

Question 5.
How did the policeman see the stranger’s face?
Answer:
The stranger standing at the doorway of the hardware store, was interacting with the policeman. As the place was dark the face of the stranger could not be seen. In the meanwhile, he wanted to smoke and thus struck a match and lit his cigar. This provided a chance to the policeman to see the face of the man.

Unit – II

Gist :
The man narrating about his friend said that he had last dined with his friend Jimmy Wells at Brady’s Restaurant twenty years ago tonight. Jimmy was his best friend and the finest man in the world. He said that they were bom and brought up in New York just like two brothers. When they left each other he was eighteen and Jimmy was twenty. He went to Chicago in the West to make my fortune. But Jimmy, as liked to stay at home, was unwilling to go the West with him. For Jimmy New York was the best place to live in on the earth.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Accordingly they took our last parting dinner at Brady’s Restaurant that night and agreed that they would meet here again exactly twenty years from that date and time in spite of their distant living or whatever conditions of life of theirs. They also felt that in twenty years each of them have made his career and met the destiny of life. The policeman listening to it said that it was very interesting. He asked the man about their contacts between this long gap. The man said that they were in touch for a year or two. But after that they lost contact of each other and remained busy in their own affairs. The man said that though Chicago was his headquarter, he kept on moving here and there.

That time he had come to meet his friend after a long interval and he had deep faith to meet his friend there. He said that his friend was very sincere and true to his words. He would never forget it. His coming to that place from a distance of thousand miles would be fruitful if he could meet his old friend there. His friend would come difinitely. Saying so, he looked at his diamond watch and it was ten twenty-five. He remembered the time that was exactly half past ten when they parted here at the restaumt door. Then the policeman wanted to know whether he had earned lots of money in the West.

He admitted of his good earnings and expressed his hope that his friend Jimmy also had earned the half of his income. He said that his friend, though a nice man, was very slow in his earnings. But he had to compete with the most cunning people of the world to earn his dollars. A man in the New York becomes very ordinary but the West makes a man to face much competition. The policeman while leaving asked the man whether he would wait his friend or not, if he would not come at the appointed time. He said that he would give his friend half an hour to come. If he was alive on earth he would be there by that time. After that, the policeman took leave of this man by wishing ‘Good-night’.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ଲୋକଟି ତାଙ୍କ ସାଙ୍ଗ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରି କହିଲେ, ସେ ଆଜକୁ କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷତଳେ ଏହି ବ୍ରାଡ଼ି ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ଆଜି ରାତିରେ ଶେଷଥର ପାଇଁ ମିଶି ଖାଇଥିଲେ । ଜିମି ତାଙ୍କର ସବୁଠାରୁ ଉତ୍ତମ ବନ୍ଧୁ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀରେ ଅତି ଭଲ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସେ ଜଣେ । ସେ କହିଲେ, ଆମେ ଦୁଇଜଣ ନିଉୟର୍କରେ ଦୁଇ ଭାଇ ଭଳି ଜନ୍ମ ହୋଇ ବଢ଼ିଥିଲୁ । ଆମେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ପରସ୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ହେଲୁ ମୋତେ ଅଠର ବର୍ଷ ଏବଂ ଜିହ୍ନିକୁ କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।

ମୁଁ ମୋର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଗଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଚିକାଗୋ ଗଲି । ଜିଛି କିନ୍ତୁ ଘର ଛାଡ଼ି କୁଆଡ଼େ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି କହିଲା । ନିଉୟର୍କ ତା’ପାଇଁ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ସବୁଠାରୁ ଭଲ ସ୍ଥାନ ଥିଲା । ସେହି ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଆମେ ଶେଷଥର ପାଇଁ ବ୍ରାଡ଼ି ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ରାତ୍ରିଭୋଜନ ଖାଇଲୁ ଏବଂ ରାଜି ହେଲୁ ଆଜକୁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ଏହି ଦିନ ଏହି ତାରିଖ ଏହି ସମୟ ଏବଂ ଏହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଆମେ ଯେକୌଣସି ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଥିଲେ ବି ଆସି ଭେଟ ହେବା । ସେଦିନ ପରସ୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ହେଲାବେଳକୁ ସମୟ ଥିଲା ରାତ୍ର ୧୦ ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ।

ଆମେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଭାବିଲୁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ଆମେ ନିଜର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଗଢ଼ି ସାରି । ଲୋକଟିର କଥାକୁ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ ଶୁଣୁଥିଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ଏହା ତ ବଡ଼ କୌତୁହଳପ୍ରଦ କଥା ! ସେ ପଚାରିଲେ, ଆଚ୍ଛା ଏହି କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନ ଥିଲା କି ? ଲୋକଜଣକ କହିଲେ, ହଁ ଥିଲା, ତାହା କେବଳ ପ୍ରଥମ ବର୍ଷେ କିମ୍ବା ୨ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏବଂ ପରେ ପରେ ଆମେ ନିଜ ନିଜ କାମରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ରହିଗଲୁ ।

ଲୋକଟି କହିଲା, ଚିକାଗୋ ମୋର ମୁଖ୍ୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟ ହେଲେ ବି ମୁଁ ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ ଘୂରି ବୁଲୁଥୁଲି । ଆଜି ସେ ଆସିଛି ତା’ର ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ଭେଟିବାପାଇଁ ସୁଦୂର ଚିକାଗୋରୁ ହଜାର ମାଇଲ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରି ଏବଂ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଭେଟିବ । ସେ କହିଲେ ମୋର ସାଙ୍ଗ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସତ୍ୟବାନ୍ ଏବଂ ସଚ୍ଚା ଏବଂ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ମୋତେ ଭେଟିବାକୁ ଆସିବ । ଏହା କହି ଲୋକଟି ତାଙ୍କ ହାତରେ ଥ‌ିବା ହୀରା ଘଣ୍ଟାଟିକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେତେବେଳକୁ ୧୦ଟା ୨୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସେ ମନେ ପକାଇଲେ ସେ ସେଦିନ ରାତ୍ର ୧୦ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ସେମାନେ ପରସ୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ତା’ପରେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣଙ୍କ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ତାଙ୍କ ରୋଜଗାର ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେ ସେଠାରେ ତାଙ୍କ ଭଲ ରୋଜଗାର କଥା ମାନିଲେ ଏବଂ ଆଶା କଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ସାଙ୍ଗ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅତି କମ୍‌ରେ ତାଙ୍କ ରୋଜଗାରର।

Think it out

Question 1.
What was the appointment made between two friends twenty years before?
Answer:
The two friends in the story are Bob and Jimmy Wells. Both were born and brought up in New York and bred like two brothers. When they come of age, Bob went to the West to make his fortune but Jimmy stayed in New York. On the day of parting, they had dined together in a restaurant and agreed that night that they would meet here again exactly twenty years from that date and time in spite of their distant living and conditions. This appointment was made between two friends twenty years ago.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Question 2.
What information about the friends do you gather from their conversation?
Answer:
After listening to the man about their appointment that was made twenty years ago, the policeman expressed his curiosity to know more about them. He asked the man about their correspondence, if any, during this long gap. The man said that they were in touch for a year or two but after that they lost contact of each other. It was perhaps due to increase of work and personal involvement. He said that though Chicago was his main place of living, he moved extensively in and outside of it. Then shifting his mind to his friend the man said that his friend Jimmy was always very sincere and true to his words.

He would never forget their appointment. He would meet him definitely. He had come from a distance of thousand miles to meet him and it would be worthwhile if his old friend comes back. Saying so he looked at his diamond watch and the time was ten twenty-five. He said that it was exactly half past ten when they parted there at the restaurant door twenty years ago. This Brady’s Restaurant had been changed into a hardware store. The policeman asked about his good income in the West which he admitted. He also expressed that his friend Jimmy would be earning at least half of his income.

Though a good human being, Jimmy was very slow in brain. He had to compete with the cleverest people of the world in Chicago for his livelihood. He said that life in the West was very fast and one had to struggle hard for earning and living. But in New York one became very ordinary. The policeman listened to all these and said him that his friend would be coming around. Before leaving him, he asked him whether he would wait for his friend or not. The man said that he would wait for his friend for an hour only. He would definitely come by that time. In short, two friends naturally exchanged pleasant words and talked old times without recognizing each other.

Unit – III

Introduction:
In this part of the story “After Twenty Years” the readers get surprised by coming across an unexpected situation. It gives a kind of displeasure as well as pleasure to the readers when they read about the arrest of a friend by another friend who has done it for the sake of his duty at the cost of personal relationship. Readers express sympathy on the friend who had come to meet his friend from a long distance after twenty years and got arrested by his friend. They also admire the another friend who out of his devotion to duty got his friend arrested by keeping personal relationship away from duty. Let us read the story to know the interesting happenings.

Gist:
The cold wind was blowing severely with the rain continuing all over the street. The few people who were out had hurried home. The man, who had come from thousand miles to meet an appointment at the doorway of the hardware store, was smoking and waiting his friend Jimmy Wells. About twenty minutes of his waiting a tall man wearing a long overcoat with collar turned upto his ears appeared before the man. “Is that you, Bob ? ” he asked doubtfully. “Is that you, Jimmy Wells ?” asked the man.

They shook their hands. Bob said that he was sure to find him there if he was alive. Jimmy said that they would have dined again if that old restaurant had existed. Then, he asked his friend about his days in the West. He said that the West had given him every thing. The man also enquired about Jimmy. Jimmy said that he was well and working in a departmental store as assitant manager. He was getting good salary and other benefits. Then he told Bob to go round to a place and talk about their old days. The two friends walked on the street holding arm in arm. Bob was talking of his possessions and of his important friend’s in Chicago elsewhere. The other friend wearing a overcoat was listening with deep attention.

They could not see each other’s face in the darkness. They came near a medicine store located in a lighted area. There they could see each other’s face. Bob stopped suddenly and freed his arm from his friend’s arm. He said to tha man that he was not Jimmy. Twenty years is a long time but not long enough to change a man’s sharp nose to a flat one. The tall man said that it sometimes changes a good man into a bad one. Then he arrested Bob and told that the Commissioner of Police, Chicago wanted to talk with Bob in connection with some bundles of five dollar counterfeit notes. He took Bob to the police station.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

While going to the police station, the tall man handed over a letter to Bob by saying that it was from Assistant Sub-Inspector Jimmy Wells. The friend from Chicago opened the letter and it was a short note. “Bob: I was at the apointed place on time. When you struck the match to light your cigar I saw it was the face of the man wanted in Chicago. Somehow I could not do it myself, so I went around and got a plain-clothes policeman to do the job.” It was revealed from the story that though Jimmy knew his friend, the wanted criminal he made him arrested. He ignored his personal relationship when it came in the way of his duty. His devotion to duty was so much that it undermined his personal relationship. Only a few people could do it and Jimmy Wells was one of them.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ନିଉୟର୍କ ସହରର ସେହି ଗଳିରେ ସେଦିନ ଥଣ୍ଡା ବଢ଼ି ବଢ଼ି ଯାଉଥିଲା ଏବଂ ତା’ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ବର୍ଷା ମଧ୍ଯ । ଯେଉଁ କେତେକ ଅଳ୍ପ ଲୋକ ବାହାରେ ରହିଥିଲେ ସେମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଘରକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଫେରି ଗଲେଣି । କିନ୍ତୁ ହଜାର ମାଇଲ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରି ସୁଦୂର ଚିକାଗୋରୁ ନିଜ ବନ୍ଧୁଙ୍କୁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ ଆସିଥିବା ଲୋକଟି ସେହି hardware ଷ୍ଟୋର ଆଗରେ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସେ ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଟାଣୁଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ସାଙ୍ଗ ଜିୱି ୱେଲସ୍ ଆସିବା ବାଟକୁ ଅନାଇ ବସିଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବାର ପ୍ରାୟ ୨୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ ଜଣେ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ଲୋକ ସାଧା ପୋଷାକରେ ଏକ ଲମ୍ବାକୋର୍ଟ ପିନ୍ଧି ତାଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ।

‘ତୁମେ ବବ୍ କି ?”’ ସେ ସହେନ୍ଦରେ ପଚାରିଲେ । ‘ତୁମେ କ’ଣ ଜିହ୍ନି ୱେଲସ୍ ?”’ ଲୋକଟି ପଚାରିଲା । ପରିଚୟ ମିଳିଥିବାରୁ ସେମାନେ ହାତ ମିଳାଇଲେ । ବବ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ମୁଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିନ୍ତ ଥୁଲି, ତୁମେ ଯଦି ବଞ୍ଚାଅ ଆସିବ ।’’ ଜିହ୍ନି କହିଲେ, ‘ଆଜି ଯଦି ସେ ପୁରୁଣା ଭୋଜନାଳୟଟି ଥାଆନ୍ତା ଆମେ ପୁଣିଥରେ ସେଠି ଭୋଜନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତେ । ଆଚ୍ଛା ହେଉ, ତୁମେ ପଶ୍ଚିମରେ କେମିତି ଅଛ କୁହ।’’ ଉତ୍ତରରେ ବବ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ପଶ୍ଚିମାଞ୍ଚଳ ମତେ ସବୁକିଛି ଦେଇଛି । ତୁମେ ନିଉୟର୍କରେ କେମିତି ଅଛ ?’’ ସେ କହିଲେ ‘ମୁଁ ଭଲରେ ଅଛି ଏବଂ ଏକ ଡିପାର୍ଟମେଣ୍ଟାଲ ଷ୍ଟୋରରେ ଉପମ୍ୟାନେଜର ଭାବରେ କାମ କରୁଛି । ମୁଁ ଭଲ ଦରମା ସହ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ସୁବିଧା ମଧ୍ଯ ପାଉଛି ।’’ ତା’ପରେ ସେ କହିଲେ ‘ବବ୍, ଆସ ଆଗକୁ ଟିକେ ବୁଲିଯିବା ଏବଂ ଆମର ସେହି ପୁରୁଣା ଦିନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଷୟରେ କଥା ହେବା ।’’ ଦୁଇ ଜଣଯାକ ସାଙ୍ଗ ହାତ ଧରାଧରି ହୋଇ ଗଳି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲିଲେ ।

ବବ୍ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ଥିବା ତାଙ୍କର ଧନ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି, କୋଠାବାଡ଼ି ଏବଂ ଧନୀ ଓ ପ୍ରତିପତ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ କହି ଚାଲିଲେ । ଅନ୍ୟ ସାଙ୍ଗଟି ସାଧା ପୋଷାକ ଉପରେ ଏକ ଓଭରକୋର୍ଟ ପିନ୍ଧି ବାଟ ଚାଲୁଥିଲାବେଳେ ତାଙ୍କ କଥା ମନଦେଇ ଶୁଣୁଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସେମାନେ ପରସ୍ପରର ମୁହଁକୁ ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ଦେଖ୍ ପାରୁନଥିଲେ । ସେମାନେ ଆସ୍ତେ ଆସ୍ତେ ଆଲୋକିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଏକ ଔଷଧ ଦୋକାନ ପାଖରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ । ସେଠାରେ ସେମାନେ ପରସ୍ପରର ମୁହଁକୁ ଦେଖିପାରିଲେ । ବବ୍ ହଠାତ୍ ରହିଗଲେ ଏବଂ ସାଙ୍ଗ ହାତରୁ ହାତ କାଢ଼ିନେଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ‘ଆପଣ ତ ଜିଛି ୱେଲସ୍ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି । କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ଏକ ଲମ୍ବା ସମୟ ହୋଇପାରେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଏତେ ଲମ୍ବା ନୁହେଁ ଯେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଗୋଜିଆ ନାକକୁ ଚେପ୍‌ଟା ବବ୍ ହଠାତ୍ ରହିଗଲେ ଏବଂ ସାଙ୍ଗ ହାତରୁ ହାତ କାଢ଼ିନେଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ‘ଆପଣ ତ ଜିଛି ୱେଲସ୍ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି । କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ଏକ ଲମ୍ବା ସମୟ ହୋଇପାରେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଏତେ ଲମ୍ବା ନୁହେଁ ଯେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଗୋଜିଆ ନାକକୁ ଚେପ୍‌ଟା ନାକରେ ବଦଳାଇ ଦେବ ।’’

ଡେଙ୍ଗା ଲୋକଟି କହିଲେ, ‘ଏହି ଲମ୍ବା ସମୟ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ଭଲ ଲୋକକୁ ଖରାପ ଲୋକ କରିଦିଏ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ତୁମକୁ ଆରେଷ୍ଟ କରାଗଲା। ଚିକାଗୋର ପୋଲିସ୍ କମିଶନର ତୁମ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ କଥା ହେବାପାଇଁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତୁମ ସହିତ କିଛି ଜାଲନୋଟ୍ ବିଷୟରେ କଥା ହେବେ । ତୁମେ କୌଣସି ଚାଲବାଜି ନ କରି ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଆସ ।’’ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଷ୍ଟେସନ୍‌କୁ ଗଲାବାଟରେ ସାଧା ପୋଷାକଧାରୀ ପୋଲିସ୍‌ ତାଙ୍କ “‘ବବ୍, ମୁଁ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଥୁଲି । ତୁମେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଲଗାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଦିଆସିଲି କାଠି ଲଗାଇଲ ମୁଁ ସେହି ଆଲୋକରେ ତୁମ ମୁହଁକୁ ଦେଖୁଲି ଓ ଜାଣିଲି ଏ ହେଉଛି ସେହି ମୁହଁ ଯାହାକୁ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ମୋଷ୍ଟ ୱାଣ୍ଟେଡ୍ ତାଲିକାରେ ରଖାଯାଇଛି ।ଯାହାହେଉ ମୁଁ ସେ କାମ କରିପାରିଲିନି । ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ଚାଲିଗଲି ଏବଂ ଏକ ସାଧାପୋଷାକଧାରୀ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଜରିଆରେ ତୁମକୁ ବନ୍ଦୀ କଲି ।’’ ଏହି ଗଳ୍ପରୁ ପ୍ରତୀୟମାନ ହେଉଛି ଯେ ଜିୱି ଏକ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଭାବରେ ନିଜର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ସମ୍ପାଦନ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ତାଙ୍କର ଜଣେ ଅପରାଧୀ ବନ୍ଧୁଙ୍କୁ ବନ୍ଦୀ କଲେ । କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଆଗରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଆସିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ପ୍ରଥମଟିକୁ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦେଲେ । ଏହା କେବଳ ଖୁବ୍ କମ୍ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ପକ୍ଷରେ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଏବଂ ଜିମି ୱେଲସ୍ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଥିଲେ ଜଣେ ।

Glossary:
unexpected: not expected An unexpected (ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ) danger puzzled him.
twist: put into confusion (ଦ୍ୱନ୍ଦ୍ୱରେ ପକାନ୍ତୁ) He is twist and is unable to take a decision about his future.
hardware store: deals with hardware (ହାର୍ଡୱେର୍) He is a manager of a hardware store.
puffed up: feeling proud (ଗର୍ବିତ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଛି )He was puffed up by the his success in the civil examination.
sure as fate: very certain (ବହୁତ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ) His achievement was sure as fate.
rapt: deep (ଗଭୀର) He listened to the discussion with rapt attention.

Think it out:

Question 1.
How long did the man from the West wait? What was weather then?
Answer:
The man from the West waited about twenty minutes and then a tallman in a long overcoat came from the opposite side of the street to meet him. The weather then was very bad. The wind was too cold and the rain was continuing. People who were out hurried up home.

Question 2.
How did the man from the West and the man in a long overcoat greet each other?
Answer:
When the man from the West was waiting at the doorway of the hardware store, the man in a long overcoat appeared. Looking at the man at the hardware store he doubtfully asked, “Is that you, Bob ?” “Is that you, Jimmy Wells V asked Bob. Then they could know each other and shook hands. “Bless my heart !” exclaimed the new arrival. In this way they greeted each other.

Question 3.
When did Bob realise that the tall man he had met was not Jimmy Wells?
Answer:
When Bob and the tall man reached at the medicine store walking arm in arm, they could see each other’s face in the electric lights. Bob suddenly stopped by leaving his arm. He thought that how this tall man with flat nose would be Jimmy Wells who had a sharp nose. One could be 6 to 8 inch long in twenty years time but it is not long enough to convert a sharp nose to a flat nose. Thus Bob realised that the tall man he had met was not Jimmy Wells.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Question 4.
Why did Jimmy get Bob arrested?
Answer:
Jimmy, who was a policeman, was a man of principle, honest and dutiful. Bob, on the other hand, was a professional criminal who printed counterfeit notes and earned easy money. Once upon a time in twenty years ago they were good friends. Before they got separated, they had promised to meet each other at the Brady’s Restaurant where they had taken their last dinner. But when they meet, Jimmy saw the
face of the man who was wanted in Chicago. The responsibility and devotion of his duty made him to ignore his personal relationship. Therefore he got him arrested.

Question 5.
Did Jimmy keep his appointment with Bob after twenty years? What consideration did he show for his old friend?
Answer:
Yes, Jimmy did so because he was exactly on time at the hardware store where they decided to meet after twenty years. He kept his appointment. At the same time he was assigned the duty to catch a notorious criminal from Chicago. He had the reconstructed photograph of the criminal with him which matched the face of his friend. So he did not disclose his identity. As a policeman he considered his duty more than his friendship. Thus instead of enjoying with his old friend Bob after twenty years, he made him arrested by another policeman’ who played the role of Jimmy Wells. Though he did not arrest his friend directly he did it by another policeman. This could be his only

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English After Twenty Years Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Examining closed doors as he went, making various interesting and playful movements with his small stick, the officer, with his stalwart figure and smart movements made a fine picture of the guardian of the law. He could see a few lights coming from a cigar store, an all-night hotel, and one or two tailoring shops completing the day’s work. The majority of the houses were business places that had long since been closed. Now and then he would suddenly turn about, and cast his watchful eye along the peaceful road. He was thinking of what his boss had said in the morning: “Pale face, square jaws, deep and dark eyes, and a little white scar near the right eyebrow.” As a part of the police organization, he felt a little ashamed that the name of this notorious criminal was still unknown, and that he was still at large. Printing counterfeit notes was a serious affair, he knew, and the criminal must be caught. He took out his pocket-book under a lamp-post and looked at the five-dollar note and the reconstructed photograph. He became thoughtful: Chicago – a thousand miles away. What chance ?” Then he said to himself aloud, ‘Never mind, my boy, you have been a dutiful one these last eighteen years, and luck owes you a debt.’ He was in the habit of talking to himself, sometimes,- when nobody was by. And he liked to refer to himself as a boy, though he was forty. There was another thing in his mind. He looked at his watch, – a quarter past ten; fifteen minutes more. It was a long road; but there was enough time. After a minute he descried about five hundred metres ahead the outline of a man near the doorway of a darkened hardware store. He quickened his steps. The place was slightly dark, lying exactly midway between two lamp-posts. He was about to address the man, but changed his mind and allowed the man to begin. The man realised that the way he was standing there must look suspicious to one who didn’t know his story. So he said, as the policeman walked up to him: ‘It’s all right, officer; I’am just waiting for a friend. It is an appointment made twenty years ago. It sounds a little funny to you, doesn’t it? Well, I’ll explain so as to remove all suspicion from your mind: About twenty years ago there used to be a restaurant where this store stands, “Brady’s Restaurant.”

Questions :
(i) Describe the policeman’s feelings while doing patrol duty?
(ii) ‘There was another thing in his mind.’ What was that?

Answers :
(i) The policeman was assigned a duty to catch a die-hard criminal. He was in search of that notorious criminal. He was quite sure to be successful in performing his duty. He thought that he had been a sincere and dutiful policeman since last eighteen years and luck always remained with him. At the same time he felt a little ashamed that the name of such a notorious criminal was still unknown to the police department. Thus, the policeman had serious feelings while doing patrol duty.
(ii) Though police man was assigned a duty to catch a notorious criminal, still there was another thing in his mind. Perhaps he had to meet someone or to do something on a particular time. Therefore, he looked at his watch and said that there was more fifteen minutes in his hand.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

Question 2.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
The two men started up the streets, arm in arm. The man from the West, somewhat puffed up by success, was talking of his possessions and of his important friends in Chicago and elsewhere. The other, covered with his overcoat, was listening with rapt attention. They had not yet taken a good look at each other’s face. They neared a medicine store lit brilliantly, with electric lights. There each of them turned simultaneously to gaze at the other’s face. The man from the West stopped suddenly and let go the other’s arm.
‘You’re not Jimmy Wells’, he faltered. ‘Twenty year is a long time, but not long enough to change a man’s sharp nose to a flat one?’
‘It sometimes changes a good man into a bad one’, said the tall man.
‘You’ve been under arrest for ten minutes, Bob, or whatever your name is. The Commissioner of police, Chicago, longs to have a chat with you in connection with some bundles of five-dollar notes, which have come his way. Come quietly, please, and no tricks. Before we gQ to the station, here’s a note I was asked to give you. It’s from Assistant Sub-Inspector Jimmy Wells.’ The man from the West unfolded the little piece of paper handed to him. His hand was steady when he began to read, but it trembled a little by the time he had finished. The note was rather short.
‘Bob: I was at the appointed place on time. When you struck the match to light your cigar I saw it was theface of the man wanted in Chicago. Somehow I couldn ’t do it myself, so I went around and got a plain-clothes policeman to do the job.’

Questions :
(i) Give a picture of Bob and Jimmy when they were in the streets?
(ii) Comment on the ending of the story.

Answers :
(i) We find the two friends, Bob and Jimmy, in the streets walking arm in arm. Bob who had now come from the West was in high spirits. Unprecedented success had made him as if he were over the moon. He kept on talking of his wealth and of his great friends in Chicago. Jimmy, covered with his overcoat, was listening with deep attention. In spite of being with each other for some time, they had not looked distinctly at each other. The inevitable happened. They gazed at each other’s face at the same time.
(ii) The two friends, Bob and Jimmy, have kept their appointment after twenty years, but there is a turning point in the end. Bob is shocked in disbelief when the man tells him that he has been under arrest. The man talking to him is asked to hand over him a note which outlines Jimmy’s arrival at the appointed place on time and recognition of his face wanted in Chicago while lighting his cigar and his inability to arrest his friend and hence through a plain-clothes policeman. This is the consideration Jimmy Wells showed for his old friend Bob. Honest and dutiful as he is, Jimmy Wells has done his job perfectly. The ending is superb for its ‘O’ Henry Twist’ or suprising ending.

Introducing the Author:
William Sydney Porter was an American writer. He was known by his pen name O’ Henry. He lived for a successful period of forty-eight years. Before his death, he had written a good number of short stories. All his short stories are known for their wit, wordplay, warm characterization and surprise.

About the Story: 
Now-a-days people mostly value their personal relationship. They even undermine their duty when it clashes with their personal relationship. But there are still people who prefer duty to their relationship. Duty is god to them. O’ Henry describes this story to show – ‘Devotion to duty triumps over personal relationship’. In the story, there are two friends who gets separated at a point of time and meet again after a period of twenty years. But the duty of a friend compels him to undermine his relationship. A friend in the way of his duty has been forced to arrest his friend. The story is narrated in three units which depicts the irony and pathos of life in a subtle and dramatic manner.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Exercise 14(b)

Question 1.

Using the ε – δ definition prove that
(i) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (2x + 3) = 3
Solution:
Let f(x) = 2x + 3
Here a = 0 and = 3
Let ε be any positive real number however small it may be.
Now |f(x) – ℓ| =| 2x + 3 – 3| =|2x|
Thus |f(x) – | < ε whenever
|2x| < ε i.e |x| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\)
Then |f(x) – ℓ| < ε
whenever |x – 0| < δ
under the condition δ = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\)
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (2x + 3) = 3

(ii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) (2x – 1) = 1
Solution:
Here f(x) = 2x – 1, = l and a = 1
Now |f(x)| = | 2x – 1 – 1|
= |2x – 2| = 2|x – 1|
Thus |f(x) –  ℓ| < ε
whenever 2|x – 1| < ε
i,e. |x – 1| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\) put δ = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\)
Then |f(x) – ℓ| < ε
whenever|x – 1| < δ
Hence \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) (2x – 1) = 1

(iii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow -2}\) (3x + 8) = 2
Solution:
|(3x + 8) – 2|
= |3x + 6| = 3|x + 2|
So |3x + 8 – 2| < ε
whenever 3|x + 2| < ε
i.e. |x + 2| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{3}\)
Hence |(3x + 8) – 2| < ε
whenever | x + 2 | < δ
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow -2}\) (3x + 8) = 2

(iv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\) (x2 + 2x – 8) = 7
Solution:
|(x2 + 2x – 8) – 7|
= |(x2 + 2x – 15|
= |(x + 5) (x – 3)|
=| x + 5| | x – 3|
If |x – 3| < 1 then| x + 5| =| x – 3 + 8| < |x – 3| + 8 < 9
Thus |(x2 + 2x – 8) – 7| < 9 |x – 3|
So |(x2 + 2x – 8) – 7| < ε
whenever 9|x – 3| < ε
i.e.| x – 3| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{9}\)
Choose δ = minimum of 1 and \(\frac{\varepsilon}{9}\)
Then |(x2 + 2x – 8) – 7| < ε
whenever |x – 3| < δ
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\) (x2 + 2x – 8) = 7   (proved)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

(v) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 9}\) √x = 3
Solution:
|√x – 3| = |\(\frac{(\sqrt{x}-3)(\sqrt{x}+3)}{\sqrt{x}+3}\)|
= \(\frac{|x-9|}{|\sqrt{x}+3|}\)
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

(v) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) √x = √a, a > 0
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 1

(vii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) |3x + 2| = 5
Solution:
When x → 1, 3x + 2 is always positive.
So |3x + 2| = 3x + 2
Thus ||3x + 2| -5| = |3x + 2 – 5|
= 3|x – 1|
∴ ||3x + 2| – 5 | < ε
whenever 3|x – 1| < ε
i.e. |x – 1| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{3}\)
put δ = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{3}\)
Hence ||3x + 2| – 5| < ε
whenever |x – 1| < δ
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) |3x + 2| = 5

(viii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2}\) |5x – 7| = 3
Solution:
Let any arbitrary ε > 0
then |5x – 7 – 3| < ε
If |5(x – 2)| < ε
i.e. if lx – 2| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{5}\)
Choosing δ = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{5}\) we have
for any arbitrary ε > 0 there exists a δ > 0 depending on ε
Such that
|x – 2| < δ ⇒ |(5x – 7) – 3| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2}\) |5x – 7| = 3

Question 2.
If \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) = ℓ then prove that \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) |f(x)| = | ℓ | Is the converse true ? Justify your answer with reasons.
Solution:
Let \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) = ℓ
Then |f(x) – ℓ| < ε whenever |x – a| < δ
Now |f(x)| – ℓ| < |f(x) – ℓ| < ε
whenever |x – a| < δ
So \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) |f(x)| = | ℓ |
The converse is not always true because | ℓ | = | -ℓ |
So \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) = ℓ or -ℓ

Question 3.
(i) Prove that \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) x = a
Solution:
Let ε is any positive number
Let f(x) = x
Now |f(x) – a| < ε
if |x – a| < ε
Choosing δ = ε we see that for each ε > 0 we find a δ > 0 depending on ε such that
|x – al < d ⇒ |f(x) – a| < ε
⇒ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) = a i,e. \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) x = a

(ii) Using (i) and the laws of limits prove that \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a} x^n=a^n\), when n is an integer.
Solution:
Case-1: Let n > 0 and n ε z
Now \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a} x^n=\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) (x. x. x…….. n factors)
= a. a …… n factors = an
Case-2: Let n = 0
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 2

(iii) Using (ii) and the laws of limits prove that \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a} \frac{x^n-a^n}{x-a}=n a^{n-1}\) where n is an integer.
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 3
Case-3: n = 0  Hence the case is obvious

(iv) Using (iii), the laws of limits and assuming that \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a} \frac{1}{x^m}=a^{\frac{1}{m}}\) where m is a non-zero integer prove that for any rational number n, \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a} \frac{x^n-a^n}{x-a}=n a^{n-1}\).
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 4
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 5

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

Question 4.
Evaluate the following :
(i) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) (1 + 2x – 3x2 + 4x3 – 5x4)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) (1 + 2x – 3x2 + 4x3 – 5x4)
= 1 + 2 – 3 + 4 – 5 = 7 – 8 = -1

(ii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (3x2 + 4x – 1)(x4 + 2x3 – 3x2 + 5x + 2)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (3x2 + 4x – 1)(x4 + 2x3 – 3x2 + 5x + 2)
=(-1). 2 = -2

(iii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2}\) \(\frac{x^2+3 x-9}{x+1}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2}\) \(\frac{x^2+3 x-9}{x+1}\)
\(\frac{2^2+3 \cdot 2-9}{2+1}=\frac{1}{3}\)

(iv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\) \(\frac{x^2-9}{x-3}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\) \(\frac{x^2-9}{x-3}\)
= \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3} \frac{(x-3)(x+3)}{x-3}\)
= \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\) (x + 3) = 3 + 3 = 6

(v) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{x^3-1}{x-1}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{x^3-1}{x-1}\)
= \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{(x-1)\left(x^2+x+1\right)}{x-1}\)
= \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\) (x2 + x + 1)
= 1 + 1 +1 = 3

(vi) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2} \frac{x-2}{x^4-16}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 6

(vii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2} \frac{x^3-8}{x^5-32}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 7

(viii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3} \frac{x^2+2 x-15}{x^2-x-6}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 8

(ix) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0} \frac{(3+x)^3-27}{x}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 9

(x) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2} \frac{\frac{1}{x^2}-\frac{1}{4}}{x-2}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 10

(xi) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{1}{(x-1)}\left\{\frac{1}{x+3}-\frac{2}{3 x+5}\right\}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 11

(xii) \(\lim _{h \rightarrow 0} \frac{(x+h)^3-x^3}{h}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 12

(xiii) \(\lim _{h \rightarrow 0} \frac{(x+h)^4-x^4}{h}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 13

(xiv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{x^m-1}{x^n-1}\), where m, n are integers.
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 14

(xv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{x^2-2 x+1}{x^2-x}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 15

(xvi) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{x^2+x-2}{x^3-x^2-x+1}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 16

Question 5.
Evaluate the following :
(i) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{2 x+1}{3 x-2}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{2 x+1}{3 x-2}\)
= \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{2+\frac{1}{x}}{3-\frac{2}{x}}=\frac{2}{3}\)
[ ∵ As x → ∞, \(\frac{1}{x}\) → 0]

(ii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{3 x^2+x-1}{2 x^2-7 x+5}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{3 x^2+x-1}{2 x^2-7 x+5}\)
\(=\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{3+\frac{1}{x}-\frac{1}{x^2}}{2-\frac{7}{x}+\frac{5}{x^2}}=\frac{3}{2}\)

(iii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x^3+2 x^2+3}{x^4-3 x^2+1}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x^3+2 x^2+3}{x^4-3 x^2+1}\)
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow\infty}\frac{\frac{1}{x}+\frac{2}{x^2}+\frac{3}{x^4}}{1-\frac{3}{x^2}+\frac{1}{x^4}}=\frac{0}{1}\) =0
[ ∵ As x → ∞, \(\frac{1}{x}\) → 0]

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

(iv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x^4-5 x+2}{x^3-3 x+1}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x^4-5 x+2}{x^3-3 x+1}\)
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x-\frac{5}{x^2}+\frac{2}{x^3}}{1-\frac{3}{x^2}+\frac{1}{x^3}}\) = ∞

(v) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty}\left(\frac{x^3}{2 x^2-1}-\frac{x^2}{2 x+1}\right)\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 17

(vi) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{n}{n+1}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{n}{n+1}\)
= \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{n}{1+\frac{1}{n}}\) = 1

(vii) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty}\left(\frac{n^2+n+1}{5 n^2+2 n+1}\right)\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 18

(viii) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty}\left(\frac{\sqrt{n}-1}{\sqrt{n}+1}\right)\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty}\left(\frac{\sqrt{n}-1}{\sqrt{n}+1}\right)\)
= \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{1-\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}}{1+\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}}\) = 1

(ix) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty}\left(\frac{6 n^5+2 n+1}{n^5+n^4+3 n^3+2 n^2+n+1}\right)\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 19

(x) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{1+2+3+\cdots+n}{n^2}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 20

(xi) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{1^2+2^2+3^2+\ldots+n^2}{n^3}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 21

(xii) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{1^3+2^3+3^3+\ldots+n^3}{n^4}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 22

(xiii)  \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{1+\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2^2}+\ldots+\frac{1}{2^n}}{1+\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{3^2}+\ldots \frac{1}{3^n}}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 23

(xiv) \(\lim _{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{\lfloor n}{\mid n+1-\lfloor n}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 24

Question 6.
Examine the existence of the following limits :
(i) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \sqrt{3}}\) [x]
Solution:
L.H.L. = \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \sqrt{3}-}\) [x] = \(\lim _{h \rightarrow 0}\) [√3 – h] = 1
R.H.L. = \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \sqrt{3}+}\) [x] = \(\lim _{h \rightarrow 0}\) [√3 + h] = 1
Thus L.H.L., R.H.L both
exist and L.H.L. = R.H.L.
So the limit exists and its value is 1.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

(ii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}[x]\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 25

(iii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow-2}[x]\)
Solution:
L.H.L. = \(\lim _{x \rightarrow-2-} \frac{x-2}{|x-2|}\)
= \(\lim _{h \rightarrow 0}\)[-2 – h] = -3
R.H.L. \(\lim _{x \rightarrow-2+}\) [x] = \(\lim _{h \rightarrow 0}\)[-2 + h] = -2
Thus L.H.L. ≠ R.H.L.
So the limit does not exist.

(iv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0} \frac{|x|}{x}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 26

(v) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2} \frac{x-2}{|x-2|}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 27

(vi) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \frac{1}{2}} \frac{|2 x-1|}{2 x-1}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 28

(vii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}[2 x+3]\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 29

(viii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x}{[x]}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 30

(ix) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \frac{x^2-x}{\left[x^2-x\right]}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 31

(x) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{\left|x^2-3 x+2\right|}{x^2-3 x+2}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 32

(xi) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty}(-1)^{[x]}\)
Solution:
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty}(-1)^{[x]}\)
[Put n ≤ n + 1,As n→ ∞, x → ∞
= \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty}(-1)^n\) [ [x] = n
= ± 1 [If n is odd, (-1)n = – 1 and if n is even (-1)n = 1 ]
We know that whenever the limit exists it must be unique.
So \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty}(-1)^{[x]}\) does not exist.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b)

(xii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \sin x\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 33

(xiii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \cos x\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 34

(xiv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0} \cos \frac{1}{x}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 35

(xv) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow \infty} \sin \frac{1}{x}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 36

(xvi) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} f(x) \text { if } f(x)= \begin{cases}2 x-1, & x \leq 1 \\ 2 x+1, & x>1\end{cases}\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 37

(xvii) \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0} f(x) \text { and } \lim _{x \rightarrow 1} f(x)\)
if \(f(x)=\left\{\begin{array}{l}
0 . x \leq 0 \\
1-2 x, 0<x \leq 1 \\
3-4 x, x>1
\end{array}\right.\)
Solution:
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(b) 38

Question 7.
Let f(x) = {1 if x is rational, 0 if x is irrational then show that \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) does not exist for any a ∈ R.
Solution:
Let x → a through rational numbers.
Then \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) = 1
If x → a through rational numbers.
Then \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) = 0
Thus \(\lim _{x \rightarrow a}\) f(x) does not exist.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar Non-finite Verb forms Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms

Verbs can be classified into the following classes, such as:
i) Auxiliary Verbs,
ii) Ordinary Verbs,
iii) Verbs of Incomplete Prediction.

We have already discussed Auxiliary verbs.
ii) Ordinary Verbs :
Ordinary verbs are of the following two types, such as
a) Finite Verbs,
b) Non-finite verbs.

We have to discuss, here non-finite verbs
(b) Non-finite Verbs:
These verbs do not change according’ to the number, person or tense of the subjects.
Kinds of Non-finite verbs:
Non-finite verbs can be classified as the following types, such as
1) Infinitive,
2) Gerund,
3) Participle.

1) Infinitive :
These verbs do not have application in any sentence; They are simply mentioned. Actually, an infinitive is formed by adding ‘to’ to the first form of the verb. (V+to)
Examples:
1. They wish to go.
2. She began to weep.
3. My ambition is to become a teacher.
4. We eat to live.
5. Have you a pen to spare?
6. I expect her to solve the problem.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms

Of course, an infinitive can sometimes be used without ‘to’, such as
1. Please let her speak.
2. We saw the actress dance.
3. You need not come here.
4. I made him sing.

To has not been used with the verbs, speak, dance came and sing in the above sentences.
However, note that ‘to’ is normally used with the following verbs, such as- bid, behold, dare, feel, hear, help, know, let, like, make, need, observe, please, watch etc.
Of course, ‘to’ is not used with/after but meaning except.
Examples :
1. She did nothing but cry.
2. We would do nothing but gossip.

Again ‘to’ is not used with/after ‘had better’, ‘had rather’, ‘had sooner’, ‘rather, than’, ‘sooner than’ and would rather’ etc.
Examples :
1. You had better wash your face.
2. You had rather done your homework.
3. I would rather quit the job than apologies.
4. I would sooner die than drink.

Some other uses of Infinitives (Use of ‘to’)
i) It is used after ‘too+adjective’, as Examples:
1. She is too weak, to walk.
2. He is too bulky to run.

ii) It is used after ‘enough’, as-
1. She is strong enough to defend herself.
2. He is wise enough to solve this problem.

iii) By using ‘to’ on removing the Relative clauses, as-
Examples:
1. My mother give me a coffee which I could eat. or My mother gave me a coffee to eat.
2. No one is here who will help you or No one is here to help you.

iv) It is used to show disappointment/despair, as-
Example:
1. She opened the box and found it empty or She opened the box to find it empty. Actually, infinitives are , normally used as objects of the verbs given below
Agree, arrange, attempt, consent, care, cease, choose, claim, decide, determine, expect, endeavor, forget, fail, hope, hesitate, learn, long, manage, neglect, offer, propose, promise, prepare, pretend, remember, regret, refuse, swear, seem, try, threaten, undertake, want, wish, etc!

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms

Examples :
1. I wish to tell you a secret.
2. I have decided to attend the meeting.
3. He “wants to help you.
4. She expects you to do her work.
5. She stood from the chair to welcome me.
6. It is kind of her to help you.
7. Give me a book to read.
8. He was made to run a mile.
9. He failed to obtain first class.
10. I remember to bring your book.

ii) Gerund:

The nouns .working as ion-finite verbs are called ‘Gerunds’. The Gerund’ is used to show an action.
Examples :
1. Smoking is a bad habit.
2. Her favourite hobby is dancing.
3. He likes drinking.
4. I am sick of waiting.
5. It is no use crying over spilt milk.

A Gerund may be used at the beginning, in the middle (interior) or at the end of a sentence.
On reading the above sentences, we can safely say that Gerunds can be used in the following manners.
1) As subject of the sentence.(see sentence No.1)
2) As subject complement of the verbs (sentence No.2)
3) As object to the verb. (sentence No.3)
4) As object to the preposition. (sentence No.4)
5) As case in Apposition of ‘it’ pronoun,

Other Information About The Use Of Gerund:

i) As full Gerunds; as- Ex. Reading the religious books being his habit, we like him.
ii) The use of Gerund as perfect form (having + 3rd form of verb): as Ex. He will never admit having broken the glass.
iii) A ‘Gerund’ is used in place of an ‘Infinitive’ after the prepositions: as Ex. She is good at singing songs.
iv) Possessive pronouns can also be used with ‘Gerunds’: as Ex. I know Hari’s visiting her frequently.

Note that Infinitives and Gerunds are called Verbal Nouns. We can apply both Infinitive and Gerunds as objects of the following verbs:
Advice, allow, attempt, begin, be afraid (of), continue, can’t bear, go, hate, intend, love,, like, mean, need, prefer, permit, propose, recommend, require, remember, request, start, stop, try, used to, wants etc.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms

Examples :
He began to go to school or
He began going to school.
We normally us Genmds as objects of the following verbs:
Avoid, admit, anticipate, complete, consider, can’t stand (endure), detest, deny, delay, defer, enjoy, excuse, fancy, finish, forgive, give up, involve, imagine, keep, miss, mind, prevent, postpone, pardon, put off, practice, risk, resent, recollect, resist, suggest, save etc.
Example: He can’t give up smoking.

iii) Participle:

These non-finite verbs can be used both as adjectives and as adverbs. Therefore, they are called verbal adjectives.

Kinds Of Participles:
1. Present Participle : (Vi+ing), (first form of the verb+ing)
Ex. Flowing water is pure. Here, the verb flowing shows the continuity of the action.
2. I have a complaining child. Here, the word complaining has been used as an adjective to qualify the noun ‘Child’.
3. The sight was charming. Here, the word charming being the complement the verb ‘was’ as also the complement of the subject, ‘The sight’.
4. I saw her smoking. Here, the word smoking is the comple-ment of the object her’.
5. Nina came to me crying. Here, two
actions (came and cry) have taken place at the same time (simultaneously). Therefore, the more significant out of the two actions ‘cry’. has been shown by present participle.
6. Seeing the police, the thief hid behind the wall. Here, the same object (thief) performs two actions, (see and hide). The former action takes the present participle under such situation.
7. He took up the bag, he ran away. Here, both actions take place simultaneously or Taking up his bag, he ran away. Here, present Participle has been used to connect two sentences. ‘Taking up his bag’ is a ‘participle phrase’.
8. God willing, I shall get first division. Here, present principle has been used in ‘God willing’ because of it. (which) is an Absolute Phrase.

2. Past Participle : (VIII) Third form of the Verb.
Ex. This is a spoilt child. Here, the use of the word ‘spoil’ shows the completion of the action ‘spoilt’.
1. The tired traveller fell asleep. Here, the word ‘tired’ functions as the adjective of the noun ‘traveller’.
2. She looks worried and dejected. Here, the words ‘worried and dejected’ are functioning as adjectives. Being the complement of the verb ‘looks’. They are also the complements of the subject ‘she’.
3. He got his hair cut. Here, the word ‘cut’ is the complement of the subject ‘hair’.
4. The decision taken at the right time is always rewarding. Here, the word ‘taken’ as a past participle. While qualifying the Noun adjectival phrase.
Note that such Adjectival Phrases are often used after the noun, they qualify. ‘decision’, it also helps in the formation of an
5. The Chairman left the meeting fully, the word ‘satisfied’ is a participle which is modifying the verb ‘left’. Hence, it is functioning as adverb.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms

3. Perfect Participle : (having +VIII).
Ex. Mita has taken a breakfast. She is getting ready for school or Having taken her breakfast, Mita is getting ready for school. Here, two such sentences which lack quickness in action have been combined by using a/he perfect participle:
Note that the second action ‘got’ ready came into force on the completion of the first action (taken her breakfast). There can be a little or more duration of time between both actions.
1. School over, the students came out Here, school over school having been over perfect participle ‘having been’ can be inferred or school having been over, the students came out.
2. The Sun rose and we returned home,(As soph as the Sun rose, we returned home) or No sooner did the Sun rose, than we returned home.
The above sentence is a compound structure. The second action has been completed, immediately after the completion of the first action. The sentence can also be written as: The Sun having risen, we returned home by using the Perfect Participle.
3. (i) The order has been placed, and (ii) No change is possible now. Here, sentence No.4 (i) is a Passive- 5. Voice sentence and sentence No.4 (ii) is an Active-Voice sentence. We can also use perfect participle and write the two sentences as The order having been placed, no change
is possible now.

Exercise For Practice :
Fill in the blanks with, suitable Non-finite verb forms (In-finitive/Gerund/Participles).
1. _________ (drink) in the open is prohibited.
2. A _________(drown) man catches at a straw.
3. _________ (bark) dog seldom bite.
4. The _________ (lose) child was restored.
5. _________ (dance) is an art.
6. The arrangements _________(make), no change is possible now.
7. My mother looked _________ (frighten)
8. He is fond of I found her _________ (read).
9. I found her _________ (weep)
10. _________ (finish) my work, I went out to play.
11. _________ (spill) sold is thought to, bring, ill luck
12. _________ (come) events cost their shadows before.
13. _________ (smoke) is a bad habit.
14.The girls are feeling _________(bore).
15. A _________ (roll) stone gathers no moss.
16. She found her mirror _________ (break).
17. _________(thunder) clouds seldom rain.
18. He wants _________(take) tea.
19. _________(take) her breakfast, Sushma is getting ready for college.
20._________(see) the tiger, she fainted.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Non-finite Verb forms
Answer:
1. Drinking in the open is prohibited.
2. A drowning man catches at a straw.
3. Barking dogs seldom bite.
4. The lost child was restored.
5, Dancing is an art.
6. The arrangements having been made, no change is possible now.
7. My mother looked frightened.
8. He is fond of reading.
9. I found her weeping.
10. Having finished ray work, 1 went out to play.
11. Spilling salt is thought to bring ill luck.
12. Coming events cast their shadows, before!
13. Smoking is a bad habit.
14. The girls are feeling bored:
15. A rolling stone gathers no moss.
16. She found her mirror broken.
17. Thundering clouds seldom rain.
18. He wants to take tea.
19. Having taken her breakfast Sushma is getting ready for college.
20. Having seen the tiger, she fainted.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Phrasal Verbs

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Approaches to English Book 1 Solutions Grammar Phrasal Verbs Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Phrasal Verbs

Some Of The Important Phrasal Verbs

1.Bear out: to support – The spectators did not bear out the true of her statement
2. Bear with: to tolerate – Mira cannot bear his arrogance.
3. Bear away: to receive – I hope to bear away the first prize.
4. Bear down: to overpower – I shall bear down my adversaries
5. Blow away: to drive away – The wind blew away his hat.
6. Blow out: to put out – Blow out the candle.
7.Blow, oyer: to pass away – Thank God, the storm has blown over
8. Break down: to grow weak – His health broke down due to overwork
9. Break into: to enter by breaking the walls – The thieves broke into his house last night.
10. Break forth: to cry – He broke forth at the sight of the snake.
11. Break off: to shatter relations- Why has she broken off with you?
12. Break out: to spread suddenly- Cholera has broken out in our locality.
13. Breakup: to disperse, – The meeting has not yet broken up
: to close – Our college has broken up for summer vacation
14. Bring about: to cause – Something has brought about a breach of their hearts.
15. Bring forward: to present – Bring forward your witnesses.
16. Bring up: to rear/ maintain – His stepmother has brought him up.
17. Bring round: to convince/persuade – Who can bring round the fort?
18. Bring out: to publish – The new edition of the book will be brought out soon.
19. Bring forth: to produce – The trees bring forth new leaves during spring
20. Call at: to visit somebody’s house – When will you .call at my house?
21. Call for: due for – Your behavior calls for, an explanation.
22. Call in: to send for – Call in the doctor at once
23. Call off: to declare an end – The strike has been called off.
24. Call on: to pay a brief visit – I shall call on the Chief Minister tomorrow.
25. Call up: to recall – Call up the meaning of this word
26. Carry away: moved aside – The strong current carried away the log of wood
27. Carry off: to spell death on – Plague carried off many people in our village.
28. Carry on: to continue – Carry on your speech
29. Carry out: to execute – You will have to carry out the Principal’s order.
30. Come about: to occur – How did the accident come about?
31. Come off: to take place – The. marriage of my sister will come off next month.
32. Come across: to meet – I came across Rohit this morning.
33. Come off: to belong to – She comes from a family of writers.
34. Cut down: to reduce – We should cut down our expenses
35. Cut off: to die – His daughter was cut -off in youth
36. Cut short: to make short – Cut short your hair
37. Do away with: to abolish – We have to do away with our blind superstitious
38. Do for: to ruin – After her husband’s death the old lady has been done for.
to serve the purpose of -This tool will do for a chair.
39. Do without to manage the absence of – The cattle cannot do without in fodder
40. Deal in: to trade in – My brother deals in sugar.
41. Deal out: to distribute – Shuffle and deal out the cards
42. Deal with: to associate – Do not deal with flirts.
43. Draw near: to approach – My examination is drawing near.
44. Draw up: to prepare – I have drawn up the scheme.
45. Fall away: to rebel – The soldiers have fallen away against the government.
46. Fall out with: to quarrel – Why did you fall out with your mother?
47. Fell in: to stand in a line – The soldiers were ordered to fall in
48. Fall off: to desert – His false friends fell off in the hour of his need.
49. Fall flat: to prove – All my schemes fell flat for want of money.
50. Fall through: to fail – AH die plans of the government fell through due to a lack of honest staff.
51. Fall to begin – He fell to eating as he was hungry.
gluttonously – The armies fell back after the cease-fire.
52. Fallback: to retreat – The old lady is unable to get about.
53. Get about: to move – The police could not get at the truth
54. Get at : to reach
55. Get on: to pull on – She is getting on well nowadays
56. Get over: to overcome – It is not easy to get over
57. Get through: to pass – We will get through the examination by all means.
58. Get up: crooked up / fabricated – I don’t believe in your got up story.
59. Get up: to wake up – Try to get up early in the morning
60 Give away: to distribute- The Chief Minister gave away the prizes
61. Give in: to yield – The Pakistan army had to give in.
62. Give out: to emit – The marigold gives out a sweet smell
63. Give up: to abandon/ Cease – Give up smoking and bad stop/company
64. Give to addicted to – He is given to drinking and gambling.
65. Give way: to yield – The chair gave away under his weight.
66. Go about: to attend/mind – Please go about your business
67. Go astray: to wander about to lose one’s way – Be careful lest your brother should go astray.
68. Go back on: to fail to keep – Do not go back on your promise.
69. Go in for: to buy – I want to go in for this car
70. Go off: to be discharged – The hunter’s gun did not go off.
71. Go out: to be extinguished – The lamp went out due to a storm.
72. Go through: to read – I have gone through the Gita from beginning to dying end
73. Go without to do in the absence of – I had to go without food for. two days.
74. Go up: to progress – May you go up day by day.
75. Hold on: to wait or stop – If you hold on for some time, you will” succeed.
76. Hold out: to offer – Do not hold out false promises to anyone.
77. Holdup: to stop and rob – A gang of robbers held up the car in broad daylight
78. Hold good: to be valid – This principle cannot hold good everywhere.
79. Hold off: to avoid – God knows,.why he holds off from me?
80. Handover: to give – I can not hand over my scooter to you.
81. Keep back: to conceal – I keep back nothing from you.
82. Keep aloof: to refrain – Please keep aloof from me.
83. Keep out: to hinder from anything – The umbrella keeps out the sun and shower.
84. Keep up: to preserve to – Keep up your spirits in the hour of grief.
85, Keep on: keep pace With – The old generation cannot keep up with the youth.
86. Knockdown: to maintain – Keep on studying and you shall attend success.
87. Knock off: to dash/throw down – I shall knock you down if you do not talk sense,
88. Lay by (up): to cease/stop – At what time do you Jcnock off your studies?
89. Lay down: to save – Lay by (up) something for (against) a rainy day
90. Lay out: to sacrifice – Do not hesitate in laying down your life for your country.
91. Lay up with: to be confined to bed – My sister is laid up with a fever.;
92. Look after: to take care – Parents should look after their, children carefully.
93. Look down upon: to despise/ hate – Never look down upon the poor.
94. Look up: to Locate/find – Look up the meaning of this word in the dictionary.
95. Look on (upon): to regard – I look on Mita as my sister.
96. Look to: to depend on – I look to you only for help
97. Look for: to search for – I am looking for my lost purse.
98. Look forward to expect pleasure – 1 am looking forward to my sister’s return
99. Look into: to give attention to – Please look into this matter attentively.
100. Make after: to pursue -The mob made after the pickpocket.
101. Make for: to go – The bride made for her town.
102. Make out: to understand – 1 cannot make out the meaning of this phrase.
103. Makeup with: to be reconciled – I have made up with my neighbor.
104. Makeup: to recoup/ regain – 1 shall try to make up my deficiency in Mathematics
105. Makeup mind: to determine – I have made up my mind to help you
106. Made off with: to run away with – The thief made off with my scooter.
107. Pass oil: to overtake – Let the Director’s car pass on
108. Pass away: to die – The old man passed away peacefully.
109. Pass for: to be regarded as – A millionaire passes for a wealthy man in a rural area.
110. Pull down: to demolish – The bulldozer pulled down the building within no time.
111. Pull through: to recover – There is full hope that the patient will pull down
112. Pull together: to coexist/cooperate – It is difficult for the bride and the mother-in-law to pull together
113. Put down: to crush – The king put down the revolt instantly.
114. Put up: taste – In which hotel are you putting up?
115. Put up with: to tolerate – I cannot put up with this silly joke.
1 16. Put out: to extinguish – Put out the candle
117. Put on: to wear – Do not put on dirty clothes.
118. Put off: to postpone – Do not put me off with a hollow promise
119. Put am, end to discontinue – He has put an end to his studies.
120. Run after: to crave for – Do not run after sensual objects
121. Run down: to stop – My watch has run down because 1 did not wind it.
122. Run into: to dash/collide with – A car ran into a tree and got smashed
123. Runout: to exhaust – The oil in the lamp has run out
1 24. Run over: to be crushed under – A bus runs over an old woman.
125. See to: to attend to – I shall see to your problems sympathetically
126. See off:I shall see to your problems sympathetically – I shall accompany you to see off you to the station
127. Set apart: to keep on reserve – I have set apart some money for my son’s education
128. Set aside: to reject – He set aside my proposal.
129. Set about: to commence (to inaugurate)- When will you set about your work?
130. Set in: to begin – The rains are likely to set in next week.
131. Set off/out: start a journey – He has set off/out his long journey
132. Setup: to establish – He has set up a factory.
133. Standby: to support – I shall stand by you through thick and thin.
134. Stand up for: defeat – You should stand up for your, tights.
135. Take after: to resemble – He takes after both his daddy and mummy.
136. Take down: to put down/ remove from – I took down the burden from my head.
137. Take for: to confuse – I took the rope for a snake.
138. Take to: to become addicted to – He took to smoking at the age of sixty
139. Take off: to put off/to remove – I took off my coat because 1 was feeling hot.
140. Take to heart: to feel/mind – Do not take my jokes to heart.
141. Take heart: to pick up the courage – He took heart and nabbed the thief
142. Tell upon: to affect (adversely) – Overwork tells upon one’s health.’
143. Turn aside: to turn in another’s direction – On seeing me, he turned aside his face.
1 44. Turnout/ away: to dispose of the service to – The result of the match turned out to be a thrilling one.
145. Turn off: to stop the function of – Turn off the tap.
146. Turnup: to appear/reach – fie turned up the meeting in time.
147. Turn on: to make the function start – Turn on the tap and wash your hands.
148. Work out: to solve – Work out the sums.
1 49. Work up: to incite – Don’t work up the old lady’s anger.

Exercise For Practice

Use appropriate phrasal verbs for the following italicized verbs:

1. The baby resembles its mother.
2. He has read this- novel.
3. I cannot tolerate his insulting words.
4. I have postponed the meeting.
5. They cannot understand his speech.
6. My father has stopped smoking.
7. He is searching for his lost pen.
8. The man cheats every man in this way.
9. We should not despise the poor.
10. The police followed the thief.
11. His grand father died last night
12. The two women cried loudly
Answer:
Appropriate phrasal verbs are used.
1. The baby takes after its mother.
2. He has gone through this novel.
3. I cannot put up with his insulting wo
4. I have put off the meeting.
5. They cannot make out his speech.
6.My father has given, up smoking.
7. He is looking for his lost pen.
8. The man takes in every one in this way.
9. We should not look down upon the poor.
10. The police ran after the thief.
11. His grand father passed away last night.
12. The two women fell out loudly loudly.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar Modals Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

What is a verb?
Answer:
A Verb is a word that expresses an action or fact.
Example:
1) I do my work.
2) Kuni sings a song.
4) They play cricket.
3) I can help you.
5) He will read English.

In the above sentences, words like do, sing, can help, play and will read are called verbs as they are action words Verbs can be divided into the following classes.
1) Auxiliary verbs.
2) Ordinary Verbs.
3) Verbs of Incomplete Predication.

1) Auxiliary Verbs:
The verbs that help their principal or main verbs to form their tenses, moods on negative sentences are called Auxiliary Verbs. They are also called helping verbs.
Example:
1) He is reading English now.
2) I have passed the examination.
3) He Will do this.
4) I do not sing a song.
5) You should read mindfully.
6) They were playing cricket yesterday.
7) ye had completed his work.
8) You need not worry.
9) He can help you.
10) It may rain today.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

In the above sentences, the words is, have, will, do, should, were, had, need, can, may etc. are called Auxiliary Verbs.
Types of Auxiliary Verbs:
Auxiliary verbs can be classified into two types
(A) Chief/primary Auxiliary Verbs and
(B) Modal Auxiliaries.

(A) Chief/Primary Auxiliary Verbs:
To be (is, am, are, was, were)
To do ( do, does, did)
To have (has, have, had)
They can be used as Main/finite verbs.
Example:
1) I do my work.
2) He does his work.
3) They did their sums.
4) Bhubaneswar is the capital of Odisha.
5) We are students.
6) I am twenty years old.
7) His father was tall.
8) I have a scooter.
9) He has no pen.
10) The child had a toy.
11) They were at home.

(B) Modal Auxiliaries- Definition:
The helping verbs which show the mode or attitude of the main verb are called Modals.Will, shall, can, could, may, might, w&bld, should, must, dare, need, used to, aught to are called Modal Auxiliaries. Modal Auxiliaries are never used alone. They are always used with the chief (Main/ Principal) Verbs. Modal Auxiliaries can be used invariably as Helping Verbs.
Examples:
1) We should do our duty.
2) You can speak English.
3) He might not come.
4) You must try your luck.
5) She used to take exercise daily.
6) We ought to obey our parents.
7) You need not worry.
8) Dare he go against you?

Specific Qualities of Modals:
1. Modals show, willingness, advice, promise, determination, threat, supposition, inference, duty, obligation, request, possibility, permission, suggestion, instruction, power, capability, ability etc.
2. Modals are never used alone. They are always used with such words as are applied (clear) or implied (understood).
3. Modals are not governed by the number, gender and person of the subject. In other words, no change takes place or is affected in their basic or genuine form. They always remain unchanged or alike.
4. Only the first/crude form of verb is used with the Modals. The infinitive without ‘to’ is used with them. The infinitive ‘to’ is used only with the Modals used (used to) and ought (ought to).

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Use Of Modals:
1. CAN

1. ‘Can’ shows capability or strength.
Examples:
1. He can teach you.
2. I can run five kilometers.
3. My friend can do your work.

2. It shows nature.
Examples:
1. He can cheat you.
2. They can harass him.

3. It shows ability/skill.
Examples:
1. I can cross the river.
2. He can repair your machine.

4. It shows permission.
Examples:
1. You can go home now.
2. He can leave this place.

5. It shows probability.
Example:
1. Accident can. happen at any time bn NH-5!

6. It shows incompetency or improbability.
Example:
1. Anyone can’t do these sums.

7. It shows inefficiency/inability.
Example:
1. You cannot teach English.
The negation of can is can not or can’t, can not (can’t) shows incompetency, Improbability inefficiency or inability. In other words, it shows a lack/absence of capability, strength, nature, ability, skill, permission, probability etc.
N.B: Cannot is written as one word. To write can and not as separate words is wrong according to traditional grammarians.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

2. COULD

1. Could shows/permission/freedom/determination.
Example:
1. My mother could do whatever she wanted to do.
2. I could help you whatever situation faced.

2. It shows capability/strength.
Examples:
1. He asked me if I could lend him some money.
2. I could complete the work in time.

3. It shows ability.
Examples:
1. She could sing well if she desired.
2. He could obtain first class if he tried.

4. It shows capacity and probability.
Examples:
1. If he saved enough money he could purchase a car.
2. If she laboured hard, she could pass the examination.

5. It shows polite request.
Examples:
1. Could you tell me the time.
2. Could you lend me hundred rupees?

6. It shows mild annoyance/request.
Example:
1. Couldn’t he wait for a few minutes more?
So, the negative of could is could not or couldn’t.

Actually, could is the past form of can. Therefore, could serve both the past time and present time situation.
1. I am sorry I could not ring you five minutes earlier.
Here, the time ‘five minutes earlier’ can be taken either as past or as present time.
2. Could I help you in lifting the load?
It means ‘should I lift you in lifting the load?’ It shows present time situation.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

3. MAY

1. May shows desire/permission.
Examples:
1. You may use my pen.
2. He may complete my work.

2. It shows request/desire to seek permission.
Examples:
1. May I have your scooter?
2. May he teach English?

3. It shows probability.
Examples:
1. She may stand first in her class.
2. He may be selected for this job.

4. It shows likelihood/probability. Examples:
1. It may rain tonight.
2. The weather may be cloudy today.

5. It shows keen desire.
Examples:
1. May she have a son!
2. May he be a doctor!

6. It shows aim and objective. Examples:
1. I eat so that I may remain fit.
2. He does exercise so that he may have good health.

7. It shows desire/request.
Examples:
1. May she get a good partner!
2. May he have a good friend!

8. It shows lack of probability.
Examples:
1. He may not attend my birthday party.
2. They may not do the work.
However, the negative of May is May not or Mayn’t.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

4. MIGHT

1. Might shows probability
Examples:
1. He thought that he might return home in time.
2. The doctor felt that he might cure the patient.

2. It shows excessive modesty/humility.
Examples:
1. Might I use your scooter?
2. Might they use his car?

3. It shows guess.
Examples:
1. She might have finished her breakfast.
2. They might have finished their work.

4. It shows purpose.
Examples:
1. He ran fast so that he might reach college m time.
2. He organised the meeting so that he might discuss the plan.

5. It shows doubtful probability in future.
Examples:
1. He has not promised, but he might lend me money.
2. He has not known it, but he might be ready to attend the picnic with us.

6. It shows permission.
Examples:
1. The referee said that we might play the 1 match.
2. Our Principal said that I might attend the examination.

Actually, Might is the past form of May. Therefore Might shows both the past time and present time-situations. May i use your phone? Here, desire is expressed and permission- is sought to use the phone. The negative of Might is Might not.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Exercise For Practice:
Fill in the following blanks with ‘can’, ‘could’, ‘may’, or ‘might’ whichever is appropriate.
1. ___________ God grant her long life.
2. She wore gaudy clothes so that she __________ looks charming.
3. The teacher asked me if I __________ prepare a chart.
4. __________ you carry this heavy trunk?
5 The patient tries to walk but he __________ not.
6. The news of her failure __________ be false.
7. She didn’t attend my birthday party but she __________ send a gift.
8. She ran fast so that she __________ catch the bus.
9. I know that I catch the thief.
10. I prayed that the patient I ____________ live long.
11. You __________ go in now and see the Secretary.
12. When I was young I ___________ run very fast.
13. Mr. Narendra __________ speak and write Hindi.
14. He __________ have left for Tamil Nadu.
15. She __________ come today.
Answer:
‘Can’, ‘could’, ‘may’ or ‘might’ are used in the blanks.
1. May God grant her long life.
2. She wore gaudy clothes so that she might look Charming.
3. The teacher asked me if I could prepare a charts.
4. Can you carry this heavy trunk?
5. The patient tried to walk but he could not.
6. The news of her failure may be false.
7. She didn’t attend my birthday party but she might send a gift.
8. She ran fast so that she might catch the bus.
9. I knew that I could catch the thief.
10. I prayed that the patient might live long.
11. You can go in now and see the Secretary.
12. When I was young I could run very fast.
13. Mr. Narendra can speak and write Hindi.
14. He might have left for Tamil Nadu.
15. She may come today.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

5. SHALL

1. Shall is used in simple future.
Examples:
1. I shall take part in the tournament next week.
2. We shall serve our country.

2. It is used to know the desire of the hearer.
Examples:
1. Shall I visit your house?
2. Shall we prepare coffee for you?

3. It is used to show promise.
Examples:
1. She shall get a saree if she stands first.
2. He shall get a bicycle if he passes the examination.

4. It is used to show threat/warning.
Examples:
1. You shall be expelled from the college for your misconduct.
2. Bf shall be punished for his crime.

5. It is used to show order.
Examples:
1. i say you shall post this letter.
2. I tell he shall do this work.

6. It is used to show suggestion/proposal.
Examples:
1. Shall we have some rest now?
2. Shall you attend the interview?

7. It is used to show desire.
Examples:
1. We shall accept your present.
2. He shall receive your gift.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

8. It is used to show intention or planning.
Examples:
1. I shall buy the blankets.
2. He shall purchase a car.
Shall is also used with first Person Pronouns i.e. I or we to show future (time) intention, programme or reference.

6. WILL

1. Will is used in simple future.
Examples:
1. We will go for a picnic next week.
2. I will help the poor lady with money.

2. It is used to show humble request.
Examples:
1. Will you take your seat, please?
2. Will you give me your pen, please?

3. It is used to show routine.
Examples:
1. He will often bum midnight oil.
2. He will attend the college in time.

4. It is used to show forewarning.
Examples :
1. If you insult your parents,.you will be ruined.
2. If you misbehave our Principal, you will be expelled from the college.

5. It is used to show firm determination.
Examples:
1. He will not yield before any pressure.
2. I will complete the work at any cost.

6. It is used to show the speaker’s keen desire.
Examples:
1. After reaching Madurai, we will see the
2. Meenakshi temple.

7. It is used to show promise.
Examples:
1. I will -repay your loan next month.
2. I will deposit your money next Monday.

8. It is used to show proposal/ardent, desire. Examples:
1. We will help Karan as far as possible.
2. I will help you at any cost.

9. It is used to show order/, instruction/warning.
Examples:
1. You will be honest in future.
2. You will be penalised if you don’t attend the meeting.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

10. It is used to show capacity.
Examples:
1. This bag will hold all the books.
2. This room will accommodate five students.

11. It is used to show quality
Examples:
1. The machine will do all types of calculations.
2. This typewriter will type Odtya well.

12. It is used to show threat.
Examples:
1. I will teach her a lesson.
2. I will punish you if you disobey my, words.
Will is also used, with first-person pronouns to show determination.

7. WOULD

1. Would is used in the past tense of will.
Examples:
1. She said that she would help me in my need.
2. He said that he would do my work next day.

2. It is used to show humble request/routine.
Examples:
1. Would you please post this letter for me?
2. My mother would go to the temple every morning.

3. It is used to know hearer’s intention.
Examples:
1. Would you like to stay with me tonight?
2. Would you like to share with me in supper?

4. It is used to show improbable situation.
Examples:
1. Would I was the Prime Minister of the country!
2. If I were you, I would help you.

5. It is used to denote desire.
Examples:
1. I would like to give you some trouble.
2. It would create problem for you for this mistake.

6. It is used to show preference.
Examples:
1. I would rather quit than submit to undue pressure.
2. We would rather leave this place in order to avoid fighting.

7. It is used to know intention.
Examples:
1. Would you mind giving me a lift in your car?
2. Would you mind to assist me in my work?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

8. It is used to show failure of an activity.
Examples:
1. Our scooter wouldn’t start, so we reached the office by bus.
2. He wouldn’t help you, as he had no money.

8. SHOULD

1. Should is used in the past form of will/shall.
Examples:
1. She said that I should not bother her. He suggested that we should help them.

2. It is used to denote duty.
Examples:
1. The teacher should show good-result.
2. You should obey your parents.

3. It is used to denote obligation.
Examples:
1. You should keep your words.
2. He should stick to his promise.

4. It is used to denote advice.
Examples:
1. You should read mindfully.
2. She should serve her mother-in-law.

5. It is used to denote suggestion.
Examples:
1. You should engage a tutor for your son.
2. You should do exercises to keep your body fit.

6. It is used to denote imagination.
Examples:
1. Should you go to the post office bring me some post card.
2. Should he go to the market and buy things for me.

7. It is used to show desire.
Examples:
1. Should I speak to Mohan?
2. Should I meet your father?

8. It is used to denote opinion.
Examples:
1. You should see a doctor at once.
2. He should check his disease in a specialist.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

9. It is used to show probability.
Examples:
1. Should she come here, we shall protect her.
2. Should he come to help me?

10. It is used to denote guess.
Examples:
1. Rakesh should be here by now.
2. He should reach there by this time. Should is also used as the past tense of will shall.

Exercise For Practice:
Fill in the following blanks with ‘will’, ‘shall’, ‘would’ or ‘should’ whichever is appropriate.
1. Sarala __________ be back from college by now.
2. From Mathura we __________ go to Kanpur.
3. __________ we go out and enjoy ourselves in the park?
4. Susma asked Priya what she __________ do under the circumstances.
5. They __________ get there by nine O’clock.
6. I asked him who __________ help me in the hour of need.
7. Nobody __________touch my pen without my permission.
8. I wish it __________stop raining.
9. The nurse told the patient that she go on long leave.
10. You said that you __________ stage a drama.
11. Here you __________ have mangoes for the picking.
12. I __________never tell a lie.
13. What __________ be the correct spelling?
14. __________ you come to tea this evening.
15. __________ you travel in a taxi or a bus?
16. She __________ pass, won’t she?
Answer:
The blanks are filled with ‘will’, ‘shall’, ‘would’ or ‘should’.
1. Sarala should be backed from college by now.
2. From Mathura we will go to Kanpur.
3. Shall we go out and enjoy ourselves in the park?
4. Susma asked Priya what she should do under the circumstances.
5. They will get there by nine O’clock.
6. I asked him who would help me in the hours of need.
7. Nobody shall touch my pen without my permission.
8. I wish it would stop raining.
9. The nurse told the patient that she would go on long leave.
10. You said that you would stage a drama.
11. Here you shall love mangoes for the picking.
12. I will never tail a lie.
13. What should be the correct spelling?
14. Will you come to tea this evening?
15. She will pass, won’t she?

9. MUST

1. Must is used to denote obligation.
Example:
1. You must return my book at once.
2. He must pay my money in time.

2. It is used to denote compulsion. Examples:
1. I must buy a wristwatch, because I get late every day.
2. He must purchase a bike so that he can reach office in time.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

3. It is used to denote necessity.
Examples:
1. You must teach her a lesson.
2. He must show his son the right path.

4. It is used to denote necessity/ compulsion.
Examples:
1. Everyone must follow the traffic rules.
2. A student must obey the rules and regulations of the college.

5. It is used to denote sincere advice.
Examples:
1. The bride must serve her aged mother-in-law.
2. You must obey your parents.

6. It is used to denote guess.
Examples:
1. The old lady must be around seventy.
2. He must be above forty.

7. It is used to denote probability.
Examples:
1. My uncle must have reached home by now.
2. They must have completed the work before time.

8. It is used to denote logical necessity.
Examples:
1. There is a heavy downpour, must take your umbrella with you.
2. You are going to attend the examination, you must bring with you your admit card.

9. It is used to denote guess about past activity.
Examples:
1. She caught a thief, she must have been very brave.
2. He secured first class, he must be intelligent.

10. It is used to denote denial/restriction/ advice.
Examples:
1. You must not (mustn’t) go out in the dark.
2. She must not (mustn’t) betray her mother.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

10. OUGHT

1. Ought is used to denote duty.
Examples:
1. The students ought to request their teacher.
2. We ought to obey our parents.

2. It is used to denote social bondage.
Examples:
1. We ought to serve our old parents.
2. The mother ought to take care of her children.

3. It is used to denote moral duty/ obligation.
Examples:
1. We ought to do our duty.
2. The citizen ought to obey the government Rules.

4. It is used to denote suggestion.
Examples:
1. You ought to join some tutorial group.
2. He ought to take admission in a popular institution.

5. It is used to denote guess.
Examples:
1. Rajesh ought to be here by now.
2. They ought to complete the work this evening.

6. It is used to denote strong probability.
Examples:
1. She has burnt midnight oil. She ought to score a high percentage of marks.
2. He is labouring day and night. He ought to secure 90% of marks in the examination.

7. It is used to denote neglectful conduct
Examples :
1. You ought to have obeyed your father.
2. He ought to carry out the direction of his uncle.
N:B: Ought to = should. Oughtn’t is the negative of ought. Oughtn’t we respect our elders?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

11. NEED

Generally, need is used in
1. Present.
Examples:
1. I need money.
2. We need your help.

2. Past.
Examples:
1. He needed my help.
2. I needed to follow his advice.

3. Future.
Examples:
1. You will need these books.
2. He will need my help.

4. Negative.
Examples:
1. She does not need woolen clothes.
2. I do not need your money.

In the “above sentences, need has been used as Principal/Main verb. Here, need means to feel the necessity of. Need can be conjugated as- Need (present), needed (past), needed (past participle) and needing (present participle).

Use of Need as Modal:

1. Need is used to denote absence of necessity.
Examples:
1. You need not wait for him.
2. We need not wait for the second chance.

2. It is used to denote necessity.
Examples
1. What need you go to her house?
2. What need you purchase this book?

3. It is used ‘to denote absence of necessity/negation.
Examples:
1. We need not go to school on Sundays.
2. You need not do this.

4. It is used in interrogation.
Examples:
1. Need she serve you a cup of hot tea?
2. Need he give you some money?

N:B:
1. Needn’t is the negative of Need.
2. Need does not have a past form when used on Modal Auxiliary.
3. Need is invariably used in Present Tense. The infinitive without ‘to’ is used as its object.
4. Needn’t + Perfect infinitive (needn’t+Have+v) is used in expressing “the unnecessary activities which have been done by mistake; as- You needn’t have given her your shawl, because she has many shawls. This means ‘you made a mistake in giving her your shawl’.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

12. DARE

Dare is generally, used as;
1. I dare say that Jone is a mean fellow.
2. The child dares to go in the dark.
3. She dared to risk her life.

In the above sentences, dare has been used as a Principal Verb. It means ‘Misadventure/negative courage/undesired courage’
Dare can be conjugated as Dare (Present), Dared (Past), Dared (Past Participle) and Daring (Present Participle). The infinitive ‘to’ is normally used with ‘Dare’.
Uses of Dare as Modal:
1. Dare is used to denote interro¬gative misadventure.
Examples:
1. Dare he say so?
2. Dare they speak against you?
3. Dare you step in her room?

2. It is also used to denote negative misadventure. Examples:
1. You daren’t meet me after school hours.
2. She daren’t help you against the police. Hence, you have marked that dare is used to show challenge or misadventure. It is used in negative as well as interrogative sentences.
Dare is also used in prohibitory sentences.
Example:
You dare not abuse your seniors.
As a ‘ defective verb’- dare is only used in prohibitory and interrogative sentences. . Date is a defective verb can be conjugated as Dare (Present), Pared/Dust (Past and Past Participle). The infinite ‘to’ is not used in such sentences, as
1. You dare not say so. (Present)
2. How dare you call her names? (Present Interrogative)
3. She dared not oppose her husband. (Past)
4. How dust she open my box. (Past-interrogative)

N:B: ‘Dare’ is an odd type of verb. As a matter of principle, the infinitive with ‘to’ is used with do/did in the negative ‘ and interrogative forms of ‘Dare’; but ‘to’ is generally eluded (dropped) in usage; as
1. Did he dare (to) oppose my proposal?
2. How does he dare (to) criticize what I said?
He dared not (to) speak a word against the decision.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

13. USED TO

‘Used to’ is used to denote past habit.
Examples:
1. I used to bathe in the river.
2. He used to do coming walk every day.

2. It is used to denote old past habit but now given up.
Examples:
1. He used to drink before going to bed daily.
2. He used to puff a cigarette after meal.

3. It is used to denote negative.
Examples:
1. She used not to disobey her husband.
2. The students used not to disobey their Principal.

4. It is used to denote interrogation.
Example:
1. Used he to tell lies.
In the above sentences, ‘used to’ has been used to show old habit (in or out of practice at the time of speaking).

‘Used to’ does not have the present tense form. It is invariably used in the past. Now, read the following sentences.
1. I am not used to such, treatment.
2. She got used to drinking.
3. I am used to a life of struggle.
4. Mind it, 1 am not used to this kind of silly behaviour.
5. I am not used to going out in the dark In the above sentences, “used to’ mean;
‘accustomed to’. Some (form of be/seen/gel become is used before ‘used to’ in such sentences.

Exercise For Practice:
Fill in the following blanks with ‘must’ ‘need’, ‘ought to’, ‘dare’ or ‘used to whichever is appropriate:
1. She ___________ not pay the fine.
2. Who rings the bell? That __________ be the housemaid.
3. You __________ to have helped your sister in this hour of need.
4. ___________ he ______ drink when he was in his teens?
5. She __________not __________ sit idle.
6. You ___________ meet her after college hours.
7. My father___________ read the Geeta everyday when he was alive.
8. He ___________ beat his children when they were small.
9. You ___________to help the poor and the needy.
10. Your brother __________ hot take the trouble.
11. She ___________ obey her parents and parents-in-laws.
12. ___________ they utter such abusive words.
13. We__________ to respect our elders.
14. __________ you step in the room of your neighbour’s wife.
15. __________ the beggar give you some money?
16. You __________ use abusive language.
17. __________I receive you at the railway station?
18. You __________to serve yoUr aged parents.
19. __________he go against me ?
20. You __________ leave the college premises at once.
Answers:

Blanks are filled with ‘must’, ‘need’, ‘ought to’, ‘dare’ or ‘used
1. She need not pay the fine.
2. Who rings the bell? That must be the house-made.
3. You ought to have helped your sister in this hour of need.
4. Used he to drink when he was in his teens?
5. She used not to sit idle.
6. You daren’t meet her after college hours.
7. My father used to read the Geeta every day when he was alive.
8. He used to beat his children when they were small.
9. You ought to help the poor and the needy.
10. Your brother need not take the trouble.
11. She must .obey her parents and parents-in-law.
12. Dare they utter such abusive words?
13. We ought to respect our elders.
14. Dare you step in the room of your neighbour’s wife.
15. Need the beggar give you some money.
16. You mustn’t use abusive language.
17. Need I receive you at the railway station?
18. You ought to serve your aged parents.
19. Pare he go against me?
20. You must leave the college premises at once.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Exercise:
Fill in the following blanks with Modals.
1. I __________reach Bhubaneswat oh Sunday morning. .
2. __________ she stay here tonight?
3. We__________ always speak the truth.
4. __________ you please lend me your book?
5. We eat that we __________ live.
7. She __________ have lost her purse.
8. Anyone _____ make mistakes.
9. __________ you tell me^the time ?
10. You __________ not waste your money.
11. You __________ not worry about me.
12. You __________ not challenge your officers.
13. She __________ visit our house every week.
Answer:
Blanks are filled in with Modals.
1. I shall reach Bhubaneswar on Sunday morning.
2. Will she stay here tonight?
3. We should always speak the truth.
4. Would you please lend me your book?
5. We eat that we may live.
6. She might have lost her purse.
7. Anyone can make mistake.
8. Could you tell me the time?
9. You must not waste your money.
10. You need not worry about me.
11. You dare not challenge your officers.
12. She used to visit our house every week.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar Prepositions Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

What is a Preposition?
Answer:
A Preposition is a word like on, at, to, up, off, by about etc. Which is used to establish a relationship between words in a sentence.
However, without the Preposition the sentence becomes meaningless. That is why the use of appropriate preposition is so important.
Examples:
1. The train left at 2 O’clock.
2. I am sorry for my mistake.
3. They talked about the plan.
4. Don’t sit on that broken chair.
5. He was not born of rich parents.
In the above sentences, at, for, about, on, and of are prepositions.

Kinds of Prepositions :
The Prepositions can be classified as the following five kinds, such as
1) Simple Preposition: as- at, to, on, by, for, of, with etc.
2) Compound Preposition: as- about, within, until, into, before etc.
3) Participle Preposition: as- during etc.
4) Phrasal Preposition: as- along with, by virtue of, by way of, on behalf of, on account, of etc.
5) Double Preposition: as, from among, from beneath, from under, out of etc.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Use Of certain Prepositions :
1. The use of ‘At’

1) To show definite time.
Ex- I get up at 6 A.M.
2) To show definite location.
Ex-My mother, is at home.
3) Used before the name of a village.
Ex- I live at Pratapur.
4) Used before the name of a city.
Ex- I was born at Cuttack.
5) It is used before the name of a colony.
Ex- Priya lives at Basanti Colony.
6) Used, before dawn, noon and night.
Ex- I go to the temple at dawn, at noon and at night.
7) To show the rates. Ex-Petrol is selling at fifty rupees a litre.

2. The use of ‘In’’

1) To indicate a definite place.
Ex- The Principal is in his office.
2) Used before the name of a province.
Ex-I was bom in Odisha.
3) Used before the name of a big city.
Ex-I study in Kolkata.
4) Used before the name of a country.
Ex- Utkal University is in India.
5) To show the duration of an action.
Ex-1 shall finish my break-fast in ten minutes.
6) To show context.
Ex- In my opinion, she is quite blank.
7) To show financial condition.
Ex- Mamata was born in poverty.
8) To show the month and year which prolong for some time.
Ex- Gandhiji was bom in October in 1869.
9) Used before morning, evening and afternoon.
Ex- I study in the morning and in the evening, but rest in the afternoon.

3. The uses of ‘To’

1) Used before destination.
Ex- I go to College daily.
2) To tell/show time.
Ex- It is ten minutes to two.
3) Used before an infinite verb.
Ex-1 want to buy a pencil
4) To show relation.
Ex- What is she to you?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

4. The use of ‘Into’

1) To show movement towards a place.
Ex- She fell into a well
2) To change the form.
Ex- Translate this passage into English.

5. The use of ‘On’

1) To classify the position of something.
Ex-1 have written a book on translation.
2) To show contact with a place.
Ex- We sleep in the roof.
3) Used before a day.
Ex-I shall visit your house on Monday.
4) Used before a date.
Ex- India became a Republic on 26th January, 1950.

6. The use of ‘Upon’

1) To show movement towards a higher position.
Ex- The cat pounced upon a rat.

7. The use of ‘After’

1) To show sometime or position meaning later than.
Ex- It was after 10 p.m., when we ran after the thief.

8. The use of ‘Behind’

1) To show some place ‘at the back of.
Ex- Who is hiding behind the wall.

9. The use of ‘Within’

1) To show the position of time in between the specified limit.
Ex- He will return within a week.
2) To show the boundary/boundlessness of a place.
Ex- Women live within the four walls of the house.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

10. The use of ‘Before

1) It is used prior to some time.
Ex-I shall finish my work before Sunset.

11. The use of ‘Above’ and ‘Over’

1) To show upper position.
Ex- Keep your head above water.
2) To show a much higher position;
Ex- The sky is over pur head.

12. The use of ‘Between’

1) Used with two persons.
Ex- My book is between Kaberi and Supriya.
2) Showing the intervening places.
Ex- There is a distance of 30 km. between Cuttack and Bhubaneswar.
3) Showing two pronouns.
Ex- There is no secret between him and you.
4) Showing two tilings/items. Ex- There is
no similarity between your book and my book.

13. The use of ‘Among’

1) Used in between more than two places.
Ex- There is no difference of culture among Cuttack, Bhubaneswar and Puri.
2) Used in between more than two persons.
Ex- Divide these bananas, among these ten boys.

14. The use of ‘By’

1) Shows persons as doers.
Ex- Tea has been taken by the guests.
Used to refer according to.
Ex- What is the time by your watch?
To show last limit of time.
Ex- You have to finish this work by 6 p.m.
4) To show means of an action.
Ex- We go to school by train.
5) To show the way of an action.
Ex- She caught you by the collar.
6) To show measuring instruments.
Ex- Apples are sold by the kilogram.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

15. The use of ‘With’

1) Showing harmful instrument.
Ex- Why did you stab him with a knife?
2) To show a companion doing same action.
Ex- Who was playing with you.

16. The use of ‘Till’

1) To show time limit.
Ex-I shall wait for you till Sunset.

17. The use of ‘Under’ and ‘Below

1) To show a lower position in place.
Ex- A .cat set under the table.
2) To show a lower rank in service.
Ex- Kamala is below Sarita in the office.

18. The use of ‘Besides’ and ‘Besides’

1) Used to refer by the side of.
Ex- The baby has slept beside it mother.
2) Used to refer in addition to.
Ex- Besides being punished, he was expelled from the college.

19. The use of ‘Of’

1) To show relationship.
Ex- She is the daughter of a rich man

20. The uses of ‘Off’

1) Used to disconnect the function.
Ex- Switch off the light.
2) To show separation from upwards to downwards.
Ex- She ft off the tree.

21. The uses of ‘from’

1) To show the starting point.
Ex- She has come direct from home
To show time.
Ex-I shall start my revision from tomorrow.
To show the source.
Ex- This is a quotation from Kalidas.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

22. The uses of ‘Since’

1) To show reason.
Ex- I cannot take exercise since I am ill.
To show point of time.
Ex- I have been reading since morning.

23. The uses of ‘For’

1) To show an indefinite period of time.
Ex- She has been reading for five hours.
2) To show exact period of time.
Ex- Lend me your book for day.

24. The use of ‘Towards’

To show direction.
Ex- She went towards the post office.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Exercise For Practice
1 Fill in the following blanks with suitable prepositions:

1. Your house is __________ the road.
2. She is __________ the thumb of her mother-in-law.
3. The water on the road is __________ my knees.
4. I shall return __________ at 8 O’clock.
5. Should I wait for you __________ 9 O’clock
6. Ram beat his daughter __________ a stick.
7. We are Brahmins __________ caste.
8. Sit_________ me for a while.
9. It has been drizzling __________ morning.
10. The kidnappers left Rajeswari __________ for years.
11. My house is __________ the Super Market.
12. The ornaments were divided equally the two daughters.
13. She jumped_____________ the river.
14. Return the library books___________ a week
15. The tiger jumped __________ the goat.
16. You can stay with us ___________ a month.
17. Where are you coming __________?
18. A pen is to write __________?
19. I shall ring to you__________ 7 O’clock
20. There is no hair___________ his head.
Answer:
1. Your house is above the road.
2. She is under the thumb of her mother-in-law.
3. The water on the road is below my knees.
4. I shall return by 8 O’clock.
5. Should I wait for you till 9 O’clock?
6. Ram beat his daughter with a stick.
7. We are Brahmins by caste.
8. Sit beside me for a while.
9. It has been drizzling since morning.
10. The kidnappers left Raieswari after four years.
11. My house is behind the Super Market.
12. The ornaments were divided equally between the two daughters.
13. She jumped into the river.
14. Return the library books within a week.
15. The tiger jumped upon the goat.
16. You can stay with us for a month.
1 7. Where are you coming from?
18. A pen is to write with.
19. I shall ring to you at 7 O’clock.
20. There is no hair on his head.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Words followed by appropriate Prepositions:

1. Abide by: She failed to abide by her promise.
2. Absorb in: My mother is absorbed in household duties.
3. Abstain from: A wise man should abstain from drink.
4. Accede to: I cannot accede to your silly request.
5. Access to: We have an easy access to the librarian.
6. Accuse of: He was accused of murder.
7. Admitted to: I have been admitted to +2 Science.
8. Agree to: She did not agree to my proposal.
9. Agree with: Do you agree with me or not?
10. Aim at The fowler aimed at the crow.
11. Alarmed at: I was alarmed at the sight of a snake.
12. Amuse with: I amused him with titbits.
13. Angry with: Why are you angry with me?
14. Afraid of: I am afraid of my teachers.
15. Appeal to The red colour does not appeal to me.
16. Apologise to, for: He apologised to you for my folly.
17. Apply to, for: He applied to the Principal for leave.
18. Approve of: I never approve of her conduct.
19. Arrive at: The train arrived at the station in time.
20. Annoyed with: You were annoyed with me at my misbehavior.
21. Associate with: You will ruin yourself if you associate with bad girls.
22. Assure of: The teacher assured us of help.
23. Astonished at: I was astonished at your failure.
24. Ask of, for: I asked of my neighbour for a loan of five hundred rupees.
25. Abound in: The pond abounds in fish.
26. Attend to: Attend to what your mother says.
27. Attend upon: You should attend upon your aged parents.
28. Believe in: I believe in Godly help.
29. Beg for: The beggar begged a rupee of me.
30. Beware of: Beware of your neighbour’s dog.
31. Bark at: Dogs bark at the strangers.
32. Back out: Never back out of your promise.
33. Belong to Prakash belongs to the family of writers.
34. Bent on: Our neighbour is bent on harming us.
35. Bless with: Prakash has been blessed with a son.
36. Blind of: Mohan was blind of one eye.
37. Blind to: You are blind to the defects of your brother.
38. Boast of: Never boast of your riches.
39. Born in: Sukanti was born in Gautam family.
40. Born of: I was not born of rich parents.
41. Born to: A daughter was born to Krishna.
42. Busy with: Always remain busy with your work.
43. Borrow from: You had borrowed a pen from me
44. Call at: I shall call at your house tonight.
45. Call on: Will you call on me today?
46. Care for: Nobody cars for a poor man.
47. Charge with: Jaggu was charged with murder.
48. Cheat of: Hari Chand cheated me often rupees
49. Complain of: She always complains of headache.
50. Complain to: I have complained to the Postmaster against the postman.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
51. Come by: How did you come by this suitcase?
52. Collide with: Two buses collided with each other.
53. Cling to: The body is clinging, to its mother.
54. Comply with: I cannot comply with your request.
55. Compare to: Eyes are compared to a Lily.
56. Compare with : Compare Lal Bahadur with Jawahar Lal.
57. Control over The teacher has no control over his class.
58. Confident of: I am confident of my success.
59. Congratulate on: I congratulate you on your success.
60. Conscious of: You are not conscious of your weakness.
61. Consist of: This exercise book consists of one hundred pages.
62. Contented with: Nobody is contented with his lot.
63. Cured of: She .could not be cured of cancer.
64. Deal in: I deal in tea leaves.
65. Deal with: He does not know how to deal with others.
66. Depend upon: Never depend upon others.
67. Deprive of: Nobody can deprive me of my share.
68. Desire for: I have no desire for health.
69. Die of: He died of Pneumonia.
70. Die from: He died from overwork.
71. Differ with: The two brothers differ with each other in their views.
72. Different from: Your younger brother is totally different from you.
73. Devoid of: You are devoid of common sense.
74. Disgusted with: I am disgusted with overwork.
75. Dispense with: The mill owner has dispensed with his services.
76. Dispose of: I want to dispose of my scooter.
77. Distinguish between: I cannot distinguish between gold and brass.
78. Eligible for: I am not eligible for this post.
79. Equal to One kilometre is equal to one thousand meters.
80. Envious of: Don’t be envious of others’ success.
81. Enquire of: Enquired of him about his parents.
82. Escape from: The thief escaped from the police station.
83. Essential to Good health is essential to success in life.
84. Expect of: She never expected this of him.
85. Exception to: There is an exception to every rule.
86. Exempt from: The Principal has exempted Akash from the payment of fine.
87. Familiar to: Her face is familiar with Mukesh.
89. Faith in: Have you no faith in me?
90. Famous for: Agra is famous for the Taj Mahal.
91. Feed on: The tiger feeds on flesh.
92. Feel for: The rich should feel for the poor.
93. Free from: Nobody is free from worries.
94. Free with: I am not free with my teachers.
95. Fight for: We should fight for our rights.
96. Filled with: His brain is filled with dirt.
97. Fond of: Children are fond of toys and toffees.
98. Furnished with: Your house is not furnished with modem items.
99. Gifted with: Mohit is gifted with a sweet voice.
100. Give up: Give up smoking.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
101. Glad at: I am glad at your success.
102. Good at: I am not good at painting.
103. Grateful to: I am grateful to you for your help.
104. Grumble at: Never grumble at your lot.
105. Guard against: Guard yourself against silly companions.
106. Guilty of: You are guilty of misbehaviour.
107. Glance at: Don’t glance at strangers.
108. Hard up: My father is hard up these days.
109. Hanker after: Do not hanker after wealth.
110. Heir to: The eldest son used to be the heir to his father’s property.
111. Hinder from: Don’t hinder me from doing graduation.
112. Hatred for: I have a great hatred for smugglers.
113. Honest in: Try to be honest in your dealings.
114. Hope for: Always do your very best and hope for the best.
115. Hopeful of: I am quite hopeful of my success.
116. Ignorant of: Man is ignorant of his success.
117. Ill with: Today, I am ill with fever.
118. Inform of: I shall inform you of my arrival.
119. Indifferent to: He is indifferent to his health.
120. Inferior to Madan is inferior to me in caste.
121. Injurious to: Drinking is injurious to health.
122. Interest in: I have no interest in painting.
123. Introduce to: I shall introduce you to my sister.
124. Insist on: She insisted on accompanying me.
125. Intimate with: I am not intimate with Priyanka.
126. Invite to: I am inviting you to a tea party.
127. Jealous of: Why is he jealous of my success?
128. Junior to: I am junior to Rahul in service.
129. Kind to: Be kind to all the creatures.
130. Knock at: Who is knocking at the door?
131. Known by: We are known by the company we keep.
132. Known for: Birbal was known for his witty remarks.
133. Known to: She is not known to me.
134. Lame of Priti is lame of one leg.
135, Laugh at Never laugh at the poor.
136. Lead to: Thus road will lead you to the hospital.
137. Lean against: Do not lean against the wall.
138. Listen to: Listen to what your teacher says.
139. Long for Who does not long for a long life?
140. Look at: Look at this silly fellow.
141. Loyal to: Be loyal to your master.
142. Match for: Dimple is no match for John.
143. Meddle with: Don’t meddle with
144. Mix with: Don’t mix with bad children.
145. Need of: I am in need of a housemaid.
146. Notorious for: Rajeswari is notorious for pick-pocketing.
147. Obedient to: Be obedient to your elders.
148. Object to: I object to your proposal.
149. Oblivious of: I am not oblivious of my surroundings.
150. Oblivious to: I was quite oblivious to the risk.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
151. Part from: The bride parted from her girl friends in tears.
152. Part with: I cannot part with this costly pen.
153. Pity on: Take pity on this poor body.
154. Play upon: I cannot play upon the harmonium.
155. Pray to: I shall pray to God for success.
156. Preside over: He presided over the function.
157. Prevent from: Don’t prevent your sister from studying further.
158. Pride in: Your pride in your achievement is justified.
159. Pride of: The new car was the pride of the whole family.
160. Popular with: Our library incharge is popular with the students.
161. Profit by: You should profit by others experience.
162. Proud of: Deepti was not proud of her beauty.
163. Qualified for: I am fully qualified for the post of Superintendent.
164. Quarrel with: Never quarrel with anybody on trifles.
165. Quarrel over: The two ladies quarreled over their children.
166. Recover from: I have recovered from illness.
167. Refer to: Please refer to my application dated the 8th instant.
168. Refrain from: You should refrain from telling a lie.
169. Rejoice at: She rejoiced at her success.
170. Rely on: I cannot rely on that fair-weather friend.
171. Related to: I am not related to her.
172. Remember to: Remember me to your parents.
173. Remind of: Should I remind you of my application again.
174. Repent of: Sandeep repented of his meanness.
175. Reply to: Why did she not reply to your letter?
176. Respect for: I have no respect for cheats.
177. Rob of: A drunkard is robbed of his health and wealth.
178. Send for: Send for the doctor at once.
179. Search for: I am searching for my lost diary.
180. Search of: He is in search of a suitable job.
181. Satisfied with: I am not -satisfied with my present job.
182. Shiver with: Everyone shivers with cold in winter.
183. Shocked at: I was shocked at my uncle’s death.
184. Sick of The beggar is sick of his wretched life.
185. Sony for: I am sorry for being late.
186. Stare at: Why are you staring at that gentle lady?
187. Stare in: Death ever stares us in the face.
188. Superior to My watch is superior to yours.
189. Sure of: Everyone is sure of death.
190. Surprise at: Everybody was surprised at my success.
191. Suspect of: The police suspected him of murder.
192. Sympathy for: I have no sympathy for mean fellows.
193. Sympathise with: I sympathised with the old woman and gave her some money.
194. Take for: I took Rina for Meena.
195. Talk about: Let us talk about modem politicians.
196. Taste for: I have no taste for painting.
197. Teem with: Our farmhouse teems with rats.
198. Think over: I am thinking over my problems.
199. Tired of: I am tired of this miserable life.
200. Tremble with: He was trembling with fear.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
201. True to: I am always true to my word.
202. Trust in: Trust in God and do the right.
203. Trust with: Do not trust the stranger with your suitcase.
204. Treat as: I treated his remark as joke.
205. Unfit for: A lame person is unfit for military job.
206. Useful to, for: A morning walk is useful to us for our health.
207. Vie with: The two rivals vied with each other.
208. Vote for: I always vote for a suitable candidate.
209. Wait for: I was waiting for your letter.
210. Wait upon/on: The waiter waits upon the customers.
211. Wait in: I waited in all days but you did not come.
212. Want in: Puspa is wanting in common sense.
213. Warn of: I warned him of the results of drinking.
214. Weary of: I am weary of old age.
215. Wonder at: I wondered at the beauty of the Taj Mahal.
216. Worthy of: The one-eyed and ugly girl is not worthy of her husband.
217. Yield to: I shall not yield to
218. Zeal for: She has a great zeal for outdoor life.

Exercise For Practice

Supply suitable prepositions in the blanks below:
1. pratap is addicted __________ smoking.
2. She has np chance ____________ getting a good job.
3. I have no need __________ his help.
4. I am not in ___________ anybody’s help.
5. I am occupied ___________ an important job.
6. Why don’t you aim __________ becoming a good girl.
7. I have no difficulty ___________ learning English.
8. He prevented his son ___________ gambling.
9. Why are you bent ___________ teasing him.
10. I could not act __ her advice.
11. Have you applied __________ leave.
12. He was annoyed __________his mischief.
13. Believe ___________ what I say __________ you.
14. I have a passion __________ reading articles.
15. He-is not inclined ___________ agree with you ___________ this point.
16. The train is bound ____________ Mumbai.
17. She appealed __________ me __________ a railway concession form.
18. Aren’t you tired ___________ sitting idle’?
19. She is very ambitious __________name and fame.
20. You begged mercy ___________ your neighbour.
21. This man deals __________ vegetable.
22. I don’t rely ___________ you in this, matter.
23. He is ___________ God.
24. She shouted ____________ help.
25. She is longing __________ her dead mother.
Answer:
1. Pratap is addicted to smoking.
2. She has no chance of getting a good job.
3. I have no need for his help.
4. I am not in need of anybody’s help.
5. I am occupied with an important job.
6. Why don’t you aim at becoming good girl.
7. I have no difficulty m learning English.
8. He prevented his son from gambling.
9. Why are you bent on teasing him?
10. I could not act upon her advice.
11. Have you applied for leave?
12. He was annoyed at his mischief.
13. Believe Jn what I say to you.
14. I have a passion for reading articles.
15. He is not inclined to agree with you on this point.
16. The train is bound for Mumbai.
17. She appealed, to me for a railway concession form.
18. Aren’t you tired of sitting idle?
19. She is very ambitious of name and
20. You begged mercy of your neighbour.
21. This man deals in vegetables.
22. I don’t rely upon/on you in this matter.
23. He is against God.
24. She shouted for help.
25. She is longing for her dead mother.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions One-Act Plays Chapter 2 The Unexpected

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Approaches to English Book 1 Solutions One-Act Plays Chapter 2 The Unexpected Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions One-Act Plays Chapter 2 The Unexpected

Section-I

Questions For Discussion

Question 1.
What is the exciting piece of news Alec and Tom bring Mrs. Parker? How does Mrs. Parker react to it? How do Alec and Tom feel about the way she reacts to their information?
Answer:
The news that two convicts have escaped from prison cells has been brought to Mrs. Parker by Alec and. Tom. There is a sudden reaction in Mrs. Parker’s mind to have listened to their statement: The tea cozy she had in her hand dropped land she stood motionless. She became puzzled by the news.

Question 2.
Who is Joe? Why does he call at Mrs. Parker’s cottage? What is it about his manners that Tom and Alec object to? Would you say he is educated or uneducated?
Answer:
Joe Badger is a young man who says that he has just come to ask Mrs. Parker a few questions. He is on ‘.a helping mission to his constable uncle of the village. He calls Mrs. Parker to ask her a few questions as to the escape of the two criminals. Tom and Alec object to Joe’s calling them ‘kids’.Joe is not uneducated. He is not educated either. He says, “My education may not be so fine as yours (Tom’s), but he has been taking correspondence lessons from a school of detectives.

Question 3.
What makes Joe suspect Mrs. Parker’s activities? How does Mrs. Parker explain herself? Does Joe find her answers convincing? What does he threaten to do?
Answer:
Mrs. Parker’s living alone near the jail i.e. why she wants to be so private and keeping with her’ a Bentley sports car in an old shed where no one would be able to notice it makes Joe suspect Mrs. Parker’s activities. She explains that the sports car that Joe had seen belonged to her nephew. Joe does not find her answers convincing or satisfactory. He threatens her to get to the bottom of that.

Vocabulary

A. Say which parts of speech the following belong to:

luck, diurnal, fabulous
lie, velocity, ghost
look, vivacious, ghostly
last, violent, gullible
paper, write, gunpowder
pipe, belong, expertise
prologue, elope, expert
perseverance, conducive, exigency
cousin, catastrophic, jerk
callous, loathsome, jostle
cactus, logical, jump
curious,longevity, judicious
caricature, torrential, jeopardy
pen, tremendous, civilization
dirty, parsimonious, erosion
Answer:
luck – noun
look – verb, noun
paper – noun
prologue – noun
cousin – noun
cactus – noun
caricature – noun
duty – noun
velocity – noun
violent – adjective
belong – verb
conducive -adjective
parsimonious -adjective
catastrophic -adjective
loathsome -adjective
logical -adjective
longevity -noun
torrential -adjective
tremendous -adjective
fabulous – adjective
ghost – noun
ghostly – adjective
gullible – adjective
gunpowder – noun
expertise – noun
expert – adjective
exigency – noun
lie – verb, noun
last – adjective, adverb
pipe – noun
perseverance – noun
callus -adjective
curious – adjective
pen – noun
diurnal – adjective
vivacious -adjective
write – verb
elope – verb
erosion – noun
jerk – verb
jostle – verb
jump – verb
judicious – adjective
jeopardy – noun
civilization – noun

Section-II

Questions For Discussion

Question 1.
What is? Does the secret Mrs. Parker share with Alec and Tom? What was her object when she took the cottage? How does she propose to use the Bentley car? What is the real surname of Mrs. Parker?
Answer:
The secret which Mrs. Parker hares with Alec and Tom.Is that the convict’s none other than her son who had parted from her for years together? Her sole object in taking the cottage nearer to the jail was to help her sen escape from the jail. She proposed to make her son. escape in the Bentley car. The real name of Mrs. Parker is Mrs. Felton.

Question 2.
Why is Mrs. Parker reluctant to let Alec and Tom stay, with her?
Answer:
Mrs. Parker is reluctant to let Alec and Tom stay with her. She wants them to leave outright. Her son might get startled to see the strangers. He might not take them into confidence.

Question 3.
What does Mrs. Parker tell Joe about the ownership of the Bentley car? How does she explain her relationship with the convict? How does she explain her relationship with the convict? Does Joe believe her? Why do Tom and Joe fight?
Answer:
Mrs. Parker tells Joe that the Bentley car belonged to her nephew. She explains to him as to her relationship- with the convict that he was her nephew-who arrived from London that morning. Joe. does not believe her when Joe insisted that the convict’s clothes were hidden away in another room Which he wanted to search for. The convict asked him to get out of the house he was opposed. But he told that he was going to inform about it this constable under, and the occasion fighting started.

Vocabulary

Derive nouns from the following:

innocent, pitiable, kind
pretend, realize, probably
friendly, quick, melodramatic
clever, nervous, pleasant
suspect, monetary, narrate
circumstantial, frighten, good
monetary, expect, beautiful
difficult, dangerous, luxurious
remember, repeat, sorry
horrible, hopeful, systematic
Answer:
innocent – innocence
pretend – pretension/pretense
friendly – friendliness
clever – cleverness
suspect – suspicion
circumstantial – circumstances
monetary – money
difficult ‘ – difficulty
remember – remembrance
horrible – horror
pitiable – pity
realize – realization
quick ‘ – quickness
nervous – nerve
momentary – moment
frighten – fright
expect – expectation
dangerous – danger
repeat- repetition
hopeful- hope
kind- kindness
probably- probability
melodramatic- melodrama
pleasant- pleasure
narrate- narration
good- goodness
beautiful- beauty
luxurious- luxury
sorry – sorrow
systematic – system

Section-III

Questions For Discussion

Question 1.
What does the warder collect from Mrs. Parker’s house as pieces? evidence against the convict? How does he propose to use the car? What purpose do they really serve?
Answer:
The warder collects the prison clothes and a parcel in Mrs. Parker’s house as evidence against the convict. He proposes to take the convict in the Bentley sports car as evidence of his escaping in it. They really serve the purpose of escaping.

Question 2.
What is the password Joe tells the warder? How was Joe able to get it ? … it’s safe with me, he claims, Do you agree with him?
Answer:
The password is “Regent” which Joe tells the warder. Joe was able to get it from his Uncle, the constable of the village. He says that it is safe with him which gives a false sense of safety. It’s a false notion he carries.

Question 3.
What, as Mrs. Parker says, cream of joke? Who really are the convict and the warder? How does Joe unwillingly help them escape to safety?
Answer:
The cream of the joke is that Joe never believes any of his uncle’s secrets, but he told Roger the one thing he needed to know. He told him the password that will get him safely to freedom. Now, all she has to do is join him, and they are going to Australia to start all over again. The warder is Mrs. Parker’s .son Roger himself and the convict happens to be a stranger whom Mrs. Parker did not know. Joe does not know the secret that the warder is Roger himself whom he unwillingly tells the password “Regent” which Roger used in different situations and places and safely escaped as the roads are tightly watched.

Question 4.
“Where women are concerned, the unexpected always happens” who says this? How many times has this statement been repeated in The play? How is this statement relevant to the play?
Answer:
Tom repeatedly utters that in the context, women are concerned with unexpected happeningsÿ things become unpredictable statement “where women are Concerned, the unexpected always happens”. This statement is said by his father. The repetition takes place’ thrice in the play. This statement is relevant.

Composition

Question 1.
Who do you think is the central character of the play? Why? Unexpected” is written by Alia Adkins, an
Answer:
The one-act play “The eminent and outstanding playwright of our time. The playwright is a superb and excellent master in the art of .depicting attractive and fascinating characters. They are lovely, real, and lively in nature. Such a typical character is Mrs. Parker who is really considered the pivotal character of the play. She drags our attention automatically with a tint of rare intelligence and wit. In fact, a play has’ kaleidoscopic characters who cross and recross the stage throughout. The protagonist figure acts like the linchpin around whom the other characters revolve. In the play, “The Unexpected Mrs. Parker happens to be the central and pivotal character who dominates the plot of the play from the beginning to the end. She is the only female character whose importance is realized in every vein of the play.

The play without Mrs. Parker is like the proverbial play if we eliminate Mrs. Parker from the play, it becomes a meaningless piece of nothing else, However, the play opens with Mrs. Parker and the two young men who are found in the former’s house. He has been staying in a house close to the jail. It is because his innocent son has’ been imprisoned with no “Hamlet”.without the prince of Denmark. If the fault of his. Mrs. Parker has a tendency to help her son escape from jail. But she wants that all such things need be done secretly. She even does not take the young men into confidence lest her secret design should be exposed. As her son is likely to arrive at any time after his escape from the jail, she does not want that the two young boys should know about it. But after a prolonged talk, she confides in them and reveals her identity and that of her son.

She says that she is not Mrs. Parker, but she is Mrs. Felton and her son Roger is in jail. She says, “Oh, my dear boys, I’ am trusting you, as I have never trusted anyone”. She had only one object when she took the cottage and that is to help Roger to escape. She has kept the car ready for use ever since she came there. Moreover, there takes place a hot discussion between Joe and Mrs. Parker, When Joe says that he has seen a convict enter her house she pretends not to have seen anybody. When insisted she tells that it is her nephew from London who has arrived in the morning.

She performs a successful part in making the boy escape from jail. She is a courageous lady who makes all kinds of arrangements for escape. Her dialogue reveals the crux of the plot Joe has told the password “Regent” which would help his escape and baffle the people. It is Roger who had disguised himself as the warder. Actually, Mrs, Parker is the running thread in the play. She dominates the whole labyrinth of the plot.

The core sentence “Where women are concerned, the unexpected always happens” is appropriately justified by her activities in the play. Her involvement marks an anÿeye-catching fact in a beautiful way. Her importance in the play can not be ruled out. As a matter of fact, judging from all respects, Mrs. Parker is truly the central and pivotal character of the play. She is, in fact, – a courageous and intelligent lady. She is a superb and fantastic creation by the playwright. On the whole, her activities are inspiring, thought-provoking, elevating and heart-enduring

Question 2.
Can you suggest another title for the play? Justify your choice of the proposed alternative.
Answer:
The one-act play “The Unexpected” is, undoubtedly, the best masterpiece of Alia Adkins, a prominent and outstanding playwright of this era. The playwright has superb mystery in providing apt and suitable titles to the plays. Adkins’ plays are fascinating, interesting, alluring, and heart-enduring. The way Adkins deals with the women characters with the appropriate titles is really magnificent and fantastic.

In fact, the title is the crown piece of any work of art. The caption should be eye-catching and significant. It should be apt and suggestive. It is like a signboard that speaks out what is usually contained inside. It is rather suggestive and expressive. The file of this discussed play, “The Unexpected” is aptly justified in this real sense- of the term. This title is so named because, “where a woman is concerned, the unexpected, always happens”. However, an alternative title for the play may be subscribed to the play.

The alternative title may be “When women are involved” However, the involvement of women in different matters ultimately results in Here, Mrs. Parker being the representative of teeming millions of women who get themselves involved in. several things and mince matters like anything. Mrs. Parker is seen taking a house near the jail. Two young men named Alec and Tom get in. Mrs. Parker at the outset declines to let them know why she is insisting on living in that cottage, But very soon she takes them into confidence and tells everything she has in her mind. She is not Mrs. Parker.

She is actually Mrs. Felton who has taken the house near the jail to help her innocent son Roger escape from die jail, The two young men promise to help her and her son. But another young boy Joe appears at that very moment and makes the matter unexpected tilings. They make a fuss about things. very complicated. On the other hand, Joe wishes to bring to the limelight die intention and project of Mrs. Parker. He makes an analytical sketch of Mrs. Parker having a Bentley sports car. and why she lives near the jail.

The two convicts have escaped from the jail and the warder is after them. Mrs. Parker has made all possible preparations to make his son escape in the daylight. A young man enters Mrs. Parker’s house with the convict suit in the presence of Alec and Tom. Mrs. Parker remains silent. Joe comes in again and declares that he has seen the convict enter the house. In the meanwhile, the warder enters and Joe says,that there is a convict and his dress.

The warder seizes the prison clothes and arrests the young men who have been there. They leave the place in the Bentley car with the password “Regent” from Joe who has got it from his constable uncle. In the end, it is seen that the warder is none other than Mrs. Parker’s son. As a matter of fact, the title of die play is apt and suggestive. From the above description, it is very much clear that the central and pivotal. the character Mrs. Parker is very much concerned with the title of the play. The title becomes meaningless if we eliminate Mrs. Parker from the play. On the whole, the title is interesting, thought-provoking, and elevating.

Question 3.
Sketch the character of Mrs. Parker.
Answer:
Actually, the one-act play “The Unexpected” is, indeed the best typical masterpiece of Alia Adkins, a popular and outstanding playwright of the modern predicament. The playwright is undoubtedly a superb and excellent master in the art of characterization. Adkins’ dealing with lively women characters is really very fantastic. Adkins’ characters are courageous, clever, shrewd, and lively. Such a pivotal character is Mrs. Parker in this discussion play. However, a character is his or her own destiny. One can make or mar one’s character. Drama is a literary device that makes use of characters who speak their mind through dialogue.

The one-act play “The Unexpected” by Alia Adkins presents a volley of characters who cross and recross the stage. Among all the characters in the play, Mrs. Parker rules supreme. She is the principal and pivotal character around whom all the characters revolve cyclically. A close study of her character has become the necessity of the hour. Of course, MTS. Parker acts as a loving mother. She is not able, to stand the imprisonment of her innocent son. She makes all possible efforts to make her son escape from jail.

As the first step towards escape, she takes a house close to the jail. This intensifies the suspicion of the people like Joe. He enters Mrs. Parker’s house and cross-examines her from different angles. But this does not exasperate her. She makes a patient approach for achieving her greater interest. She supplicates to Alec and Tom in order to leave the place instantly. But they do not leave. Again, Mrs. Parker is a courageous lady. She handles the situation tactfully. She is compelled to tell Alec and Tom and begs them to help her in the mission. They extend helping hands. They are in the house. Joe comes back again and declares that he has seen a convict enter the house.

A young man who has just arrived and whom Joe has thought of being the convict has changed into some dress given by Mrs, Parker. In the meanwhile, the warder appears on the scene. Joe tells that the escaped convict is there. He finds the prison clothes and arrests the young man. Joe goes with them. Technically, the warded collects the password from Joe, because all the roads are strictly watched, They go away in the Bentley car.

The warder is none other than Roger, Mrs. Parker’s son who gets escaped safely with the password and the Bentley car. However, Mrs, Parker is shrewd and clever enough in tackling situations properly. She controls the two young boys Alec and Tom who play according to her tune. Joe is also carefully managed so that he can not get a little bit of an idea about the smooth escape. Alec and Tom get angry with Joe and rise up to thrash him like anything, but she tactfully forbids them. Joe is also technically managed when he comes proudly to make an investigatory approach in order to get a job.

Everybody is properly manipulated and has a presence of mind and unparalleled sly, wit. She administered by means of Mrs. Parker’s dominates over the play and the play without her falls into sheer nonsense. As a matter of fact, Mrs. Parker is actually the central and pivotal character in the play. She is a superb and fantastic representation of a courageous and cunning woman in general. She is, indeed, Adkins’ best manifestation of a typical character. On the whole, the play is elevating, attractive, alluring, and heart-touching due to her extraordinary power of handling and tackling a critical situation.

Question 4.
Imagine that you are a news reporter working for a national English daily. Make a report on the escape of a hard-core criminal from the local prison and his subsequent arrest.
Answer:
Cuttack, 20 January: A hard: core unconscious by means of a chemical obtained criminal who has been involved in myriad antisocial activities and convicted in a court of law and sentenced life long rigorous imprisonment escaped from the Central Jail, Choudwar at 2 a.m. last night. He intoxicated the sentry of the jail and made him from his supporters through some secret deals and made him unconscious. He administered the same chemical to his convicts who went asleep. Availing himself of the privilege, he sneaked out of the jail and disappeared within a moment. The jail authorities have not become successful to trace the criminal 50 far. AH, the police stations have been informed to remain alert to nab the escaped convict.

Vocabulary

abandon, logical, animate
abound, measurable, coherent
absurd, mobile, combustible
halt, moderate, communicable
happy, moral, competent
allergic, movable, complete
catholic, mutable, comprehensible
hero, partial, conclusive
Jacobian, patient, consequent
national, penetrable, rational
thesis, pertinent, able
act, perceptible, attach
attack, ability, ascend
balance, accurate, encourage
legal, active, forward
legible, adaptable, increase
legitimate, adequate, and impart.
liberal, advisable, persuade
literate, addable, careful
Answer:
abandon- upkeep
abound- lack
absurd- right
halt- vacillate
happy- unhappy
allergic- antiallergic
Catholic- anti-catholic
hero- antihero/villain
Jacobian- anti-Jacobian .
national- antinational
thesis- antithesis
act- rest/counteract
balance- imbalance
legal- illegal
legible- illegible
legitimate – illegitimate
liberal – illiberal
illiterate – illiterate
logical, – illogical
measurable – immeasurable
mobile – immobile
moderate – immoderate
moral – immoral
movable – immovable
mutable – immutable
partial – impartial
patient – impatient
penetrable – impenetrable
pertinent – impertinent
perceptible – imperceptible
ability – inability
accurate – inaccurate
active – inactive
adoptable -inadoptable
adequate – inadequate
advisable – inadvisable
aidable – inaidable
animate – inanimate
coherent – incoherent
combustible – incombustible
communicable – incommunicable
competent – incompetent
complete – incomplete
comprehensible – incomprehensible
conclusive – inconclusive
Consequent – inconsequent
rational – irrational
able – unable
attach- detach
ascend – descend
encourage – discourage
forward-backward
increase – decrease
impart – take
persuade – dissuade
careful – careless

The Unexpected Summary in English

Section-I
Pre-reading Activity :
Question 1.
What kind of movie/stage interests you most? Do you like viewing suspense movies/dramas? Can you name some of the elements that go with a suspense play?
Question 2.
Here is a gripping suspense play, “the unexpected by Alla Adkins? a British playwright what do you think this play going to be about?

Focussing Questions
As you read section 1 of the play, try to find answers to the following questions:
Question 1
What would you say about the setting of the play? Is it urban or rural? How about the weather? Is it pleasant or gloomy?

Question 2.
What makes Joe suspect the activities of Mrs. Parker? Characters in the Play
1. Mrs. Parker
2. Alec
3. Tom
41 Joe Badger
5. f Convict’
6. Warder

Setting
A room in a lonely cottage on Dartmoor, The room is simply furnished. Table (set for tea) down R, C. Armchair down L.C. Door up R. Door up L. At the rise of the curtain, Mrs. Parker is discovered at the table preparing tea. Knock at door L. Mrs. Parker answers it. Enter Alec and Tom

Gist
Paragraphs: 1-7
Mrs. Parker greets Alec and Tom and says that she had not expected them to see that afternoon. Alec replies that they had to cycle over to see her. He also says that they have brought her an exciting piece of news. She asked what the excitement was. It is that the two convicts have escaped from the prison that afternoon. Listening to this Mrs. Parker drops the tea cozy in her hand and remains motionless. Alec makes it clear that they have got away from working and going about it. half an hour before. They are believed to be somewhere on the moors. He asks if they have frightened her. Tom assures that there is nothing to be scared of because the convicts are not likely to come that way.

Paragraphs: 8-10
Recovering from her tension, Mrs. P&rker says that is right. She says that she has been thinking of me. She advises them to start back for the village as soon as they have tea because their mother will be worried about their life if they are not home before long. In the absence of Mrs. Parker, Alec says why she had been a bit nervous about a conflict. She has lived alone in this cottage for the last six months and has never shown the slightest fear of tramps or of anything else for that matter, but she has become as frightened as a rabbit. Tom recites his father’s statement, “Where women are concerned, the unexpected always happens.”

Paragraphs: 11-28
is Joe Badger. He says that he has come to see Mrs. Parker. He also asks what the two kids have been doing there. They object to the There is another knock at the door. It word ‘kids’. Joe tells them that a couple of convicts are prowling about in the vicinity. Mrs. Parker enters saying why, Joe! What are you doing here on such an evening, Joe has just come to ask a few questions to Mrs. Parker. It is because he has to help his constable uncle in the village. Mrs. Parker offers him tea which he declines politely. He starts that two desperate criminals ready to murder everybody if they get the chance. He has been taking correspondence lessons from a school of detectives. He asks why a lady should like to live alone in a place like that.

Paragraphs: 29-36
Mrs. Parker is obviously startled. Joe also continued why she should live as near to the prison as she possibly can. Mrs. Parker asks why he asks her such questions. Joe calmly replies that it is because she has been hearing things down in the village. He tells her that she should not think that he is not making any accusations against her. Mrs. Parker says that thanks need to be given to the police to mind their own business. Joe asks her why she is having with her a Bentley sports car hidden away in an old shed where no one is likely to notice it. Thoroughly alarmed asks him how dare he spy on her like that. As his uncle is the constable and I want to join the force myself. It is his business; to find out things. Mrs. Parker says that Joe must leave the house at once before any unpleasant situation takes place.

Paragraph: 37.
Joe warns her that he is leaving but he must go to the bottom of things. She replies that he will get to the bottom of the duck pond if he does not clear out quickly Joe leaves. She comes forward saying that he is going to make a great deal of trouble for her. Alec asks why she has never told them so far that she has a Bentley sports car kept hidden from view. It is because they might have worried her to drive it. She demanded them to leave immediately. She tells them if they promise her “that you will never repeat what I am going to tell”. They promised

Analytical Outlines :

  • Mrs. Parker greets Alec and Tom.
  • She has. not expecting them to see it that afternoon.
  • Alec replies that they have to cycle over to see her.
  • He also says her that they have brought her an exciting piece of news.
  • She wanted to know what it was.
  • The two convicts escaped from the prison that afternoon.
  • Listening to this, Mrs. Parker drops the tea cozy from her hand.
  • She also remains motionless,
  • Alec makes it clear.
  • They have got away from working about half an hour before.
  • They are believed to be somewhere on the moors.
  • He asks if they have frightened her.
  • Tom assures that there is nothing to be worried about.
  • Because the convicts do not come that
  • Mrs. Parker recovers from tension.
  • Mrs. Parker says it is the all right way.
  • She says that she has been thinking of them.
  • She advises them to go back to the
  • They should go after taking the tea.
  • Because their mother must be worried; about them.
  • Again they are not home for a long time
  • Alec says she has been a bit nervous:
  • has lived alone in this cottage village.
  • She has lived for the last six months.
  • She has never shown the slightest fear of tramps.
  • But now she has become as frightened as a rabbit.
  • Tom recites his father’s statement.
  • “Where women are concerned, the unexpected always happens.”
  • There is. another knock at the door.
  • It is Joe Badger.
  • He has come to see Mrs. Parker.
  • He asks what the two kids have been doing there.
  • They object to the word ‘kids’.
  • Joe tells that a couple of victims are prowling about in the vicinity.
  • Mrs. Parker enters saying why.
  • She says what they are doing there- on such an evening.
  • Joe has just come to ask her a few questions.
  • He has to help his constable uncle in the village.
  • Mrs. Parker offers him tea.
  • He declines politely.
  • He tells about the two desperate criminals,
  • They can murder everybody by getting a chance.
  • He has been taking correspondence lessons from a school of detectives.
  • He asks why a lady should like to live
  • Mrs. Parker says why he is asking such questions.
  • Joe calmly replies that she has been things down in the village.
  • He says her that he is not making any accusations against her.
  • Mrs. Parker says police will mind their own business. alone in a place like that.
  • Mrs. Parker is obviously startled.
  • Joe also says why she should live as near to the prison.
  • Joe asks her about her car.
  • She- is going with a Bentley sports car.
  • It is hidden away in an old shed.
  • No one is likely to notice it there.
  • Thoroughly alarmed asks him how dare he spy on her like that.
  • His uncle is a constable.
  • He wants to join the force himself.
  • It is his business to find out things.
  • Mrs. Parker says that Joe must leave the house at once.
  • He should leave before any unpleasant situation takes place.
  • Joe warns her that- he is leaving.
  • But he must go into the bottom of tilings.
  • He should get to the bottom of the duck pond.
  • Then Joe leaves,
  • She says that he is going to make a lot of trouble for her.
  • Alec asks why she has never told them about the car.
  • He also wants to know about that hidden Bentley sports car.
  • She says it because they might have worried her to drive it.
  • She says him to leave immediately.
  • She tells them to promise something.
  • She says not to repeat telling those things.
  • They promised.

Meaning Of Difficult Words :

tea cozy – an area of open uncultivated highland covered with grass.
moor – a soft cover of cloth or wool put over a teapot to keep the tea hot.
working gang – a group of prisoners working outside the prison to work as laborers on Some projects.
what’s up – what’s wrong
prowling – moving quietly and carefully to avoid being noticed, wandering like a hunting animal
goal-bird – (also spelled jailbird) a person who is in prison or has been in prison.
sauce – rude behavior.
afore – before
the gas – bag, empty talker.
knock your, block – hit your head.
blighter – (swear word) devil.
furnished – decorated, arranged with furniture.
indeed – in fact, really.
convicts, – proven criminals.
motionless – without movement,
scare about – ‘to get afraid about
slightest – the least, the minimum, a bit
frightened – fearful, terrified, afraid of.
rabbit- hare.
toasting – frying.
at large – at liberty
a couple of – two, a pair of.
melodramatic – sentimental
gesture – action, movement
desperate – full of despair, furious.
probably – possibly, likely.
scone – startle, frighten, make afraid.
correspondence lesson – lessons on journalism.
decent – nice, good, efficient.
obviously – clearly, naturally.
startled – surprised, amazed, astonished, etc
confounded – confused, puzzled.
accusations – to act of accusing.
thoroughly – completely
alarmed – frightened.
blighter – darker, gloomier

Section-II

Gist
Paragraphs: 53-56
When Tom and Alec promised to abide by what she said, Mrs. Parker continues and says that somewhere in the prison a boy is suffering for another’s crime. It was the Felton forgery case which tells about imprisonment. Roger Felton is innocent of that crime as either of the boys. But working in the same office with Roger was a scoundrel who pretended to be his friend. This man signed his employer’s name to a cheque, but he covered his tracks so cleverly that when the forgery was discovered suspicion fell up on Roger. Roger was known to be in money difficulties and so has had unusual opportunities for passing a forged cheque. Finally, he was convicted and sentenced to three years of penal servitude. This was quite unbearable. Alec said that she spoke about the matter as if she had known Roger before. She replied that he was her son and her real name is Mrs. Felton and her disguised name was Mrs. Parker.

Paragraphs: 57-61
Tom exclaimed whether it was a fact. It was her son who had been convicted. Mrs. Parker rose from her chain and said as she was trusting them as she never trusted anyone else in her life. She had only one object when she took that cottage and it was to help Roger to escape. She has kept the car ready for use ever since. She came there and she thought that her son was one of the escaped convicts. If he had at all escaped he had known where she had been staying. He would be there very soon. She had kept in reserve/ a suit of clothes, and she requested them to leave the place and not tell about it to anyone, But Alec said if they would be allowed to stay they could help her and her son. But Mrs. Parker told them emphatically to leave the place because she did not want them to be caught in the process

Paragraphs: 62-67
There is another knock at the door, Alec opens the door. The convict enters the room quickly. He looks in alarm at the boys, Mrs, Parker gasps, and clutches the table as though about to fire. Tom cries for water, and Mrs. Parker recovers and says she is alright, Alec declares it a forehand to the convict not to be afraid of the two- young strangers because his mother had already told them his story and they will show any kind of help in their capacity to help him escape from the jail.’ The convict requests his mother not to lose her nerve. He is followed by police and it is time to make a plan to get away. She took him to change clothes.

Paragraphs: 68-81
Alec, flinging himself in the armchair says that of all the extraordinary adventures who on earth thought they should be mixed up in a thrill- like that? Tom repeated what his father said, “Where women are concerned the unexpected always happens”. Alec said if the convict had to escape, he had to have a mighty lot of luck because all the roads were sure to be watched, and it would be difficult to escape. Tom said that it was a nerve-racking job to escape from prison. They would be
pounced upon at any moment to be caught.

There is another knock and the boy look at one another in alarm. Alec says that it sounds as though someone have pounced. Tom says to him to wait a bit because it may be. a warder from the prison. Someone has perhaps come to enquire. Alec declares to open the door because a delay will make things suspicious. He opens the door and Joe’ enters. Joe asks where is Mrs. Parker. Alec replies that she is quite busy at the moment. Joe advances to the room and says that he should look for Mrs. Parker personally.

Tom tells him that he will be getting a thick ear if he starts worrying Mrs. Parker again. Joe replies if it so happens the two young men will find themselves in the prison cell the next day. Joe says there is perhaps something suspicious going on around there. he has seen him come in. What do they have about that to say? Alec hides his alarm and replies that he has not the least idea what he has been talking about. Joe says that they should be arrested for helping a convict escape. He has seen the convict in the room. He lies low and watches. He says that.

Paragraph: 82
Mrs. Parker enters and asks Joe what he is doing there. But Joe replies that he has seen a convict enter the house. Whether she will hand. him over to him or should he go to ask for help? Mrs! Parker says that it is not any convict but her nephew who has arrived from London that morning. She calls the convict by the name Frank to appear before her. The convict appears in an ordinary suit. Mrs. Parker says to the convict that the young man Joe has an idea he has seen a convict enter the house. The convict pretendingly says Joe is making a mistake to say so. Joe says that he has seen this young man a short while ago in a convict’s suit. The convict says that Joe will get into serious trouble if he tells like that. Joe replies if there is no convict’s dress inside, he would be sure that he is not a convict.

Joe asks if he can have a look in the next room. There must be the convict’s dress. The convict stops the hint from telling nonsense and asks him to get out of the house Joe leaves saying “all right! I’m going, but mind-yon; I have, ray bil$e outside; 1 am going straight to my uncle”. Tom gets enraged and says that he can not go to the police; he will rather go to the doctor. Enraged Joe rushes savagely at tom who skilfully avoids his blows. Mrs, Parker requests Tom and Joe to stop fighting There is an at the door, and die boys stop fighting. Joe holds a handkerchief to his face as though hurt. Mrs. Parker advised the convict, to get out the back way.

Analytical Outlines :

  • Tom and Alec promise to obey her advice.
  • She says a boy is suffering for another’s crime in the prison.
  • It is the Felton forgery case.
  • It tells about imprisonment.
  • That man is Roger Felton.
  • He is actually innocent of the crime.
  • A scoundrel was working in Roger’s office.
  • He pretended to be Roger’s friend.
  • That man signed his employer’s name on a cheque!
  • He did it very tactfully and cleverly.
  • The forgery was discovered.
  • But Roger was suspected of that crime
  • Roger was in money difficulties.
  • He has had unusual opportunities for passing a forged cheque.
  • Finally, he was convicted.
  • He was sentenced to three years of penal servitude.
  • This was quite unbearable.
  • Alec said that she spoke about the matter as if she had known Roger before.
  • She replied that he was her son:,.
  • She said her real name is Mrs, Felton.
  • Her disguised name is Mrs. Parker.
  • Tom exclaimed whether it was a fact.
  • He said that it was her son who had
  • She was trusting them.
  • But she never trusted anyone else in her life.
  • She had only one objective to take that cottage.
  • It was to help Roger to escape.
  • She had kept the car ready for use ever being convicted.
  • She came there for that purpose.
  • She thought mat her son was one of the escaped convicts.
  • If at all he had escaped.
  • He had known where she had been since.
  • She had kept in reserve a suit of staying.
  • He would be there very soon clothes.
  • She requested them to leave the place.
  • She also requested them not to tell about this to anyone.
  • But Alec said if they would be allowed to stay, they could help her and her son.
  • But Mrs. Parker told them emphatically to leave the place.
  • Because she did not want them to be caught in the process.
  • There is another knock at the door.
  • Alec opens the door.
  • The convict enters the room quickly.
  • He looks in alarm at the boys.
  • Mrs. Parker gasps and clutches the table as though about to faint!
  • Tom cries for water.
  • Mrs. Parker recovers very soon.
  • She says that she is alright.
  • Alec says the convict not to be afraid of them.
  • Because his mother had already told them his story.
  • They will try to help him.
  • So that he will escape from jail.
  • The convict requests her mother not to be nervous.
  • He is followed by the police.
  • It is time to make a plan to get away,
  • She took him to change clothes.
  • Alec sits on die armchair.
  • He .says that it is an extraordinary adventure.
  • It is, really, more thrilling.
  • Tom repeats what his father said, “where women are concerned, the unexpected always happens”
  • Alec said that the convict had to escape.
  • It entirely depends upon his luck.
  • Because all roads were sure to be
  • Hence, it would be difficult to escape.
  • Tom said that it was a nerve-racking job to escape from prison.
  • They would be caught at any moment.
  • There is another knock at the door.
  • The boys look at one another in alarm.
  • Alec says “someone has pounced.
  • Tom says to him to wait a bit watched.
  • Because it may be a warder from the prison.
  • Someone has perhaps comedo enquired.
  • Because the delay will make the thing suspicious.
  • He opens the door.
  • Joe enters the room. ,
  • Joe asks where Mrs. Parker is.
  • Alec replies that she is quite busy at the moment.
  • Joe advances to the room.
  • He says he will look for Mrs. Parker personally.
  • Tom tells him that he will be getting a thick ear.
  • If he starts worrying about Mrs. Parker again.
  • Joe says if it so happens, they will be in the prison cell the next. day
  • Joe says something suspicious going around there.
  • He lies low and watches. ‘
  • He says that he has seen the convict come in.
  • Alec hides his alarm.
  • He replies that he has not the least idea about that.
  • Joe says they should be arrested for helping a config to escape.
  • Joe says that he has seen the convict in the room.
  • Mrs. Parker enters,
  • She asks Joe why he, is,.d$ng’ there.
  • But Joe replied’s! that he has a convict entered the house.
  • Otherwise, he will go to ask for help.’
  • Mrs. Parker says that it is not any convict.
  • But it is his nephew seen a
  • He asks whether she will hand him over to him.
  • He has arrived from London that
  • She calls the convict by the name Frank.
  • Then Frank appears before her.
  • The convict appears in an ordinary suit.
  • She tells the convict that the young man is Joe’s morning.
  • He tells that he has seen a convict enter the house.
  • The convict pretendingly says Joe is making a mistake to say so.
  • Joe says he has seen him in a convict’s suit.
  • He has seen in a short while ago.
  • The convict says that Joe will get into serious trouble. tv;
  • If he tells like that.
  • Joe replies. check the house for convicts!s suits.
  • If no convict’s suit is found, he will not be a convict.
  • Joe asks if he can have a look in the next room.
  • There must be the convict’s dress.
  • The convict stops him from telling nonsense.
  • The convict asks him to get out of the house.
  • Joe leaves saying all right.
  • Joe says that he is going, but his bike is outside.
  • He says that he is going straight to his constable uncle.
  • Tom gets enraged.
  • Tom says that he can not go to the police.
  • He says to Joe that he will rather go to a doctor.
  • Enraged Joe sashes savagely at Tom.
  • Tom skilfully avoids his blows.
  • Mrs. Parker requests Tom and Joe to stop fighting.
  • There is a loud knock- at the door.
  • The boys stop fighting.
  • Joe holds a handkerchief to his face as
  • Mrs. Parker advised the convict to get though hurt out of the back way.

Meaning Of Difficult Words :

personal servitude – the punishment of being sent to prison and forced to do hard physical labor.
stagger – walk very unsteadily, to confound.
impudence – unblushing, disrespectful manner take leave of.
your senses – gone mad.
Sock him beauty – formal) hit him hard
crime – offense, misdoing, an evil act
innocent – simple and honest, blameless, sinless
details – in elaborate, vivid.
pretended – feigned, aspired
suspicion – doubtful state of mind.
circumstantial – proof obtained from circumstances.
evidence – changes, conveniences.
opportunities –
disgrace – disrespect.
servitude – slavish attitude.
trusting – believing, having faith
object – aim, goal, target.
thrill – a sharp sensation
clutches – groups, holds.
faint – to become senseless.
don’t lose your nerve – don’t get irritated.
extraordinary adventures – risk-taking step.
a mighty lot of luck -a powerful luck
all the roads are sure to be watched – police patrolling be made
pounce on, – jump over
delay will only make things suspicious – people will start doubting due to delay.
I saw him come in – I saw the convict enter the house of Mrs. Parker
have you taken leave of your senses – gone mad?
If you saw ……this morning ’ – If at all you have Seen anybody he is my nephew who has arrived from London this morning.
Oh, him I suppose – a satirical statement
sarees – You have then kept in reserve the sports ear for this purpose
ridiculous – absurd, grotesque, unnatural.

Section-III

Joe opens the door. The warder enters, and Tom and Alec look alarmed. Mrs. Parker clings to the convict’s arm as though the strain is almost too much, for her. The warder looks about the room suspiciously and begs pardon for entering, and looking about. He does not feel concerned with the excitement. What he is interested in is searching for the escaped convict Two convicts have escaped- one is already caught and the other is being searched for.

He asks if anybody of them has seen a stranger entering the house, Joe replied that the warder should look no further because the convict is already in his front. Then he points to the convict. The wader went closer to him and said that he thought he recognized him. Mrs. Parker says that it is a mistake. Joe replies that he has seen him sneak in here about ten minutes ago.

If he needs Proof his prison clothes are in the next room. He says he was going to fetch his uncle, the constable of the village. When those boys stopped him for which they have been fighting The warder warned Mrs. Parker that something serious is going to happen to her. it Is obvious that she is helping the convict to escape and he has to report the matter to the authority.

The warder leaves and Mrs. Parker says when her son is taken back to the prison anything may happen to her. He is ready to face any situation come that may. The warder says to the convict that he doesn’t think it will be a bad idea if takes him back in that sports car the lady has outside. The car is an important piece of evidence and he doesn’t want anyone to tamper with it. Joe says that he has his bike outside and he will ride up to the prison after the warder. He also wishes to meet the Governor and appraise the situation so that he would get a channel to get into the force. It might help him.

The warder says he had a better ride tonight as all the roads are guarded and; he might have trouble passing. However, of course, he will give him the password which is against the regulations. But Joe says that he already knows the password i.e. “Regent”. The Warder is astonished to know that Joe has known it: joe says that it is his uncle who has told him the password, although it is against the regulations. Alec and Tom came forward to give a good thrashing down to Joe. But Mrs. Parker forbids it.

She says that the convict taken back to the prison is riot Roger, her son, It Was a boy whom she hadn’t seen before. Alec asked them if her son did not escape. But, she said he did. It is the warder himself who arrested the boy. Roger has said that he has managed to overcome the warder in wrestling and changed himself into the warder. They all laugh and enjoy. They ask why Mrs. Parker is weeping. She says it is due to excess happiness tear drops come out of her eyes.

Analytical Outlines:

  • Joe opens the door.
  • The warder enters.
  • Tori! and Alec look alarmed.
  • Mrs. Parker clings to the convict’s arm.
  • As though the strain is almost too much for her.
  • The warder looks about the room suspiciously.
  • He begs pardon for entering and looking about.
  • He is riot concerned with the excitement.
  • He is also interested in the escaped convict.
  • Two convicts have escaped.
  • One is already caught.
  • The other is being searched for.
  • He asks if anybody of them has seen a stranger entering the house.
  • Joe replies that the wader should look
  • Because the convict is already in his front,
  • Then Joe points to the convict.
  • The warder goes closer to him.
  • He says that he thinks he recognizes him.
  • Mrs. Parker says that it is a mistake.
  • Joe replies that he has seen him sneaking here about ten minutes ago.
  • If he needs proof his prison clothes are
  • He says he wa$ going to fetch his constable uncle from the village.
  • But those boys stopped him.
  • Because, they have been fighting, for him.
  • The warder produces handcuffs.
  • He goes towards the convict. no further in the next room.
  • Mrs. Parker is in tears.
  • She requests not to take him.
  • The warder asks him whether she has known about the entry of the convict into her house.
  • Joe says that she has.
  • she has a sports car hidden in her shed.
  • It is ready to get him away.
  • The warder goes to see the prison.
  • He is followed by Mrs. Parker.
  • The warder returns with the convict’s clothes.
  • He also comes with a parcel followed by Mrs. Parker.
  • The parcel contains some provisions.
  • It prepares for a long journey.
  • The warder warned Mrs. Parker.
  • Something serious is going to happen to her.
  • It is clear that she is helping the convict escape.
  • He has to report the matter to the authority.
  • The warder leaves.
  • Mrs. Parker says when her son is taken back to prison things may happen to her.
  • He is ready to face any situation.
  • The warder says to the convict that it will riot be a bad idea.
  • If he is taking him with the sports car the lady has outside.
  • The car is an important piece of evidence.
  • He does not want anyone to tamper with it.
  • Joe says that he has his bike outside.
  • He will ride up to the prison after the warder.
  • He also wishes to meet the Governor.
  • He will apprejaMb the situation with him.
  • So that he would get a channel to get into the force.
  • It might help him.
  • Does the warder say he had to better ride tonight. ?
  • As all the roads are guarded.
  • He might have trouble passing.
  • Of course, he will give him the password.
  • It is against the regulation.
  • But Joe says that he already knows the password.
  • The password is “Regent”.
  • The warder is astonished by this.
  • Because Joe knows the password.
  • Joe says that he knows it from his constable uncle.
  • Actually, it is against the regulation.
  • Alec and Tom came forward to give a good thrashing down to Joe.
  • But Mrs. Parker forbids to do so. ‘
  • She says that the convict was” taken back to
  • It was a strange boy.
  • She had not him before the prison, not Roger, her son.
  • Alec asked then her son did not escape.
  • But she said he did.
  • It is the warder himself who arrested the boy.
  • Roger has overcome the warder in wrestling.
  • So, he changed himself into a warder.
  • They all laugh and enjoy.
  • They ask why Mrs. Parker is weeping.
  • She says it is due to excess happiness.
  • So tear drops automatically come out of her eyes

Meaning Of Difficult Words:

blew – (informal) an expression of great surprised
suspicious – doubtful, expressing doubt
fetch – go and bring something or somebody
exits – in fact, truly speaking.
howled – clearly, tersely
indeed – leaves the stage.
obviously – shouted.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry will enable students to study smartly.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry

Coordinates Of A Point In Space:
In three-dimensional geometry three mutually perpendicular planes divide the space into eight equal parts. Each equal part is an octant.

(i) Sign of coordinate of a point in various octants.
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry

(ii) Location of a point at 3D
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry 1 CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry 2

Note:

(1) Coordinate of a point on x-axis is (x, 0, 0).
(2) Coordinate of a point on y-axis is (y, 0, 0).
(3) Coordinate of a point on z-axis is (y, 0, 0).
(4) Distance of a point (a, b, c) from x-axis = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{b}^2+\mathrm{c}^2}\)
(5) Distance of a point (a, b, c) from y-axis = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{a}^2+\mathrm{c}^2}\)
(6) Distance of a point (a, b, c) from z-axis = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{a}^2+\mathrm{b}^2}\)

Distance formula:
Distance between two points A(x1, y1, z1) and B(x2, y2, z2) = \(\sqrt{\left(\mathrm{x}_2-\mathrm{x}_1\right)^2+\left(\mathrm{y}_2-\mathrm{y}_1\right)^2+\left(\mathrm{z}_2-\mathrm{z}_1\right)^2}\)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry

Division Formula (Section Formula):
(i) Internal division:
If R(x, y, z) divides the join of A(x1, y1, z1) and B(x2, y2, z2) in ratio m: n internally then
\(\mathrm{x}=\frac{\mathrm{mx} \mathrm{x}_2+\mathrm{nx} \mathrm{x}_1}{\mathrm{~m}+\mathrm{n}}, \mathrm{y}=\frac{\mathrm{my} \mathrm{y}_2+\mathrm{ny} \mathrm{y}_1}{\mathrm{~m}+\mathrm{n}}\), \(\mathrm{z}=\frac{\mathrm{mz} \mathrm{z}_2+\mathrm{nz} \mathrm{z}_1}{\mathrm{~m}+\mathrm{n}}\)

(ii) External division:
If R divides AB in ratio m: n externally then \(x=\frac{m x_2-n x_1}{m-n}\), \(y=\frac{m y_2-n y_1}{m-n}, \frac{m z_2-n z_1}{m-n}\)

(iii) Midpoint formula:
If R is the midpoint of AB then
CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Notes Chapter 13 Introduction To Three-Dimensional Geometry 3